Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1014 User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ronde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Measuring Instruments
  5. R&S FPL1014
  6. User manual

Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1014 User Manual

Spectrum analyzer
Hide thumbs Also See for R&S FPL1014:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
R&S
Spectrum Analyzer
User Manual
(;ÜQÔ2)
1178337002
Version 11
Distributed by:
Sie haben Fragen oder wünschen eine Beratung? Angebotsanfrage unter 07121 / 51 50 50 oder über info@datatec.de
®
FPL1000

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the R&S FPL1014 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1014

Summary of Contents for Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1014

  • Page 1 ® R&S FPL1000 Spectrum Analyzer User Manual (;ÜQÔ2) 1178337002 Version 11 Distributed by: Sie haben Fragen oder wünschen eine Beratung? Angebotsanfrage unter 07121 / 51 50 50 oder über info@datatec.de...
  • Page 2 ® This manual applies to the following R&S FPL1000 models with firmware version 1.80 and later: ● ® R&S FPL1003 (1304.0004K03) - FPL1000 with maximum frequency 3 GHz ● ® R&S FPL1007 (1304.0004K07) - FPL1000 with maximum frequency 7.5 GHz ●...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    ® Contents R&S FPL1000 Contents 1 Safety and Regulatory Information............7 Safety Instructions......................7 Labels on R&S FPL1000..................... 10 Korea Certification Class A..................11 2 Documentation Overview..............12 Getting Started Manual....................12 User Manuals and Help....................12 Service Manual......................12 Instrument Security Procedures................13 Printed Safety Instructions..................
  • Page 4 ® Contents R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results..................96 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output..........276 Frequency and Span Configuration................ 303 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration............310 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration............319 Trigger and Gate Configuration................334 Adjusting Settings Automatically................346 Marker Usage......................348 6.10 Trace Configuration....................
  • Page 5 ® Contents R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings..............566 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control............577 10 Remote Commands................599 10.1 Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions..........599 10.2 Common Suffixes......................600 10.3 Common Commands....................600 10.4 Commands for Remote Instrument Operation............605 10.5 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application.............
  • Page 6 ® Contents R&S FPL1000 12.6 Disposal........................1032 List of Commands (Spectrum mode)..........1033 Index....................1051 User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...

  • Page 7: Safety And Regulatory Information

    ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Safety Instructions 1 Safety and Regulatory Information The product documentation helps you use the product safely and efficiently. Follow the instructions provided here and in the following chapters. Intended use The product is intended for the development, production and verification of electronic components and devices in industrial, administrative, and laboratory environments.
  • Page 8 ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Safety Instructions Choosing the operating site Only use the product indoors. The product casing is not waterproof. Water that enters can electrically connect the casing with live parts, which can lead to electric shock, serious personal injury or death if you touch the casing.
  • Page 9 ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Safety Instructions ● If the product needs an external power supply, use the power supply that is deliv- ered with the product or that is recommended in the product documentation or a power supply that conforms to the country-specific regulations. ●...

  • Page 10: Labels On R&S Fpl1000

    ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Labels on R&S FPL1000 Connecting headphones Take the following measures to prevent hearing damage. Before using headphones, check the volume and reduce it if necessary. If you monitor varying signal levels, take off the headphones and wait until the signal has settled. Then adjust the volume. Cleaning the product Use a dry, lint-free cloth to clean the product.

  • Page 11: Korea Certification Class A

    ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Korea Certification Class A 1.3 Korea Certification Class A 이 기기는 업무용(A급) 전자파 적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며, 가정외의 지역에서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...

  • Page 12: Documentation Overview

    ® Documentation Overview R&S FPL1000 Service Manual 2 Documentation Overview This section provides an overview of the R&S FPL1000 user documentation. Unless specified otherwise, you find the documents on the R&S FPL1000 product page at: www.rohde-schwarz.com/manual/FPL1000 2.1 Getting Started Manual Introduces the R&S FPL1000 and describes how to set up and start working with the product.

  • Page 13: Instrument Security Procedures

    ® Documentation Overview R&S FPL1000 Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com 2.4 Instrument Security Procedures Deals with security issues when working with the R&S FPL1000 in secure areas. It is available for download on the Internet. 2.5 Printed Safety Instructions Provides safety information in many languages.

  • Page 14: Calibration Certificate

    ® Documentation Overview R&S FPL1000 Calibration Certificate 2.9 Calibration Certificate The document is available on https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com/calcert. You need the device ID of your instrument, which you can find on a label on the rear panel. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...

  • Page 15: Welcome To The R&S Fpl1000

    ® Welcome to the R&S FPL1000 R&S FPL1000 Key Features 3 Welcome to the R&S FPL1000 The R&S FPL1000 is a Rohde & Schwarz signal and spectrum analyzer developed to meet demanding customer requirements. Offering low phase noise, wide analysis bandwidth and straightforward and intuitive operation, the analyzer makes measure- ments fast and easy.

  • Page 16: Getting Started

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 4 Getting Started Note: the following chapters are identical to those in the printed R&S FPL1000 Getting Started manual. 4.1 Preparing for Use Here, you can find basic information about setting up the product for the first time. ●...

  • Page 17: Choosing The Operating Site

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 4.1.3 Choosing the Operating Site Specific operating conditions ensure proper operation and avoid damage to the prod- uct and connected devices. For information on environmental conditions such as ambi- ent temperature and humidity, see the data sheet. See also "Choosing the operating site"...
  • Page 18 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use As an alternative, you can mount several products in a rack. 4. NOTICE! Overheating can damage the product. Prevent overheating as follows: ● Keep a minimum distance of 10 cm between the fan openings of the product and any object in the vicinity.

  • Page 19: Connecting To Power

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 3. If placing the R&S FPL1000 on a bench top again, unmount the adapter kit from the R&S FPL1000. Follow the instructions provided with the adapter kit. 4.1.4.3 Portable Operation An optional carrying bag designed specifically for the R&S FPL1000 allows you to pro- tect the instrument while working in the field.
  • Page 20 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use ● The R&S FPL1000 allows for battery operation if option R&S FPL1-B31 is installed. 4.1.5.1 Connecting the AC Power The R&S FPL1000 can be used with different AC power voltages and adapts itself automatically to it.
  • Page 21 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use DC connection ► Connect the DC power connector on the rear panel of the R&S FPL1000 to the DC power source using a cable as described above. 4.1.5.3 Optional Battery Pack (R&S FPL1-B31) As an alternative to the fixed AC or DC power supply, the R&S FPL1000 also allows for battery operation.

  • Page 22: Switching On Or Off

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use Spare battery pack (R&S FPL1-Z4) In addition to the internal battery pack (option R&S FPL1-B31), spare batteries are available for the R&S FPL1000. The spare battery pack R&S FPL1-Z4 comprises two additional Li-ion batteries. Outside the R&S FPL1000, batteries can be charged using the external battery charger R&S FSV-B34.

  • Page 23: Connecting To Lan

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use Set the switch on the power supply to position [0]. Chapter 4.2.2.1, "AC Power Supply Connection and Main Power Switch", on page 38. The LED of the standby key is switched off. 2.

  • Page 24: Connecting A Keyboard

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use Windows automatically detects the network connection and activates the required drivers. By default, the R&S FPL1000 is configured to use DHCP and no static IP address is configured. The default instrument name is <Type><variant>-<serial_number>, for example, FPL1003-123456.
  • Page 25 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use Screen resolution and format The touchscreen of the R&S FPL1000 is calibrated for a 16:10 format. If you connect a monitor or projector using a different format (e.g. 4:3), the calibration is not correct and the screen does not react to your touch actions properly.

  • Page 26: Windows Operating System

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use ● "Duplicate": both internal and external monitor 7. Tap "Apply" to try out the settings before they are accepted permanently, then you can easily return to the previous settings, if necessary. 8. Select "OK" if the settings are suitable. 4.1.10 Windows Operating System The instrument contains the Windows operating system which has been configured according to the instrument's features and needs.

  • Page 27: Logging On

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use background ("on-access" mode) on Windows-based instruments, due to potentially degrading instrument performance. However, Rohde & Schwarz does recommend run- ning it during non-critical hours. For details and recommendations, see the following Rohde & Schwarz white paper: ●...
  • Page 28 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use Auto-login When shipped, the instrument automatically logs on the default "Instrument" user to Windows using the default password. This function is active until an administrator explicitly deactivates it or changes the password. Changing the password and use of auto-login function Note that when you change the default password, the default auto-login function no longer works!

  • Page 29: Checking The Supplied Options

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use For information on deactivating and reactivating the auto-login function, see "Deactivat- ing the auto-login function" on page 587. 4.1.12 Checking the Supplied Options The instrument can be equipped with both hardware and firmware options. To check whether the installed options correspond to the options indicated on the delivery note, proceed as follows.

  • Page 30: Instrument Tour

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour To display the alignment results again later ● Press the [SETUP] key. ● Press the "Alignment" softkey. 4.1.14 Considerations for Test Setup Cable selection and electromagnetic interference (EMI) Electromagnetic interference (EMI) can affect the measurement results. To suppress electromagnetic radiation during operation: ●...
  • Page 31 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Figure 4-1: Front panel view of R&S FPL1000 1 = Power key 2 = USB (2.0) connectors 3 = System keys 4 = Touchscreen 5 = Function keys 6 = Keypad + navigation controls 7 = RF input 50 Ω...
  • Page 32 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Figure 4-2: Touchscreen elements 1 = Toolbar with standard application functions, e.g. print, save/open file etc. 2 = Tabs for individual channel setups 3 = Channel Setup bar for firmware and measurement settings 4 = Measurement results area 5 = Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information 6 = Softkeys for function access...
  • Page 33 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour For details on touchscreen gestures, see Chapter 4.4.4, "Touchscreen Gestures", on page 74. 4.2.1.2 Power Key The [Power] key is located on the lower left corner of the front panel. It starts up and shuts down the instrument.
  • Page 34 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 4.2.1.5 Function Keys Function keys provide access to the most common measurement settings and func- tions. A detailed description of the corresponding functions is provided in the R&S FPL1000 user manual. Table 4-3: Function keys Function key Assigned functions [Freq]...
  • Page 35 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Function key Assigned functions [Peak] Performs a peak search for active marker. If no marker is active, normal marker 1 is activated and the peak search is performed for it. [Run Single] Starts and stops a single new measurement (Single Sweep Mode) [Run Cont] Starts and stops a continuous measurement (Continuous Sweep Mode) 4.2.1.6...
  • Page 36 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Rotary Knob The rotary knob has several functions: ● For numeric entries: increments (clockwise direction) or decrements (counter- clockwise direction) the instrument parameter at a defined step width ● In lists: toggles between entries ●...
  • Page 37 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour ● R&S FPL1026: Test port adapter, 2.92 mm female (standard) or N female GEN Output 50 Ω 4.2.1.9 Provides signal output from the (optional) internal generator (requires Internal Genera- tor option R&S FPL1-B9). Output levels range from -60 dBm to +10 dBm, with a resolu- tion of 0.1 dB.
  • Page 38 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour The meanings of the labels on the R&S FPL1000 are described in Chapter 1.2, "Labels on R&S FPL1000", on page 10. 4.2.2.1 AC Power Supply Connection and Main Power Switch An AC power supply connector and main power switch are located in a unit on the rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 39 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour For details, see Chapter 9.1, "Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols", on page 548. 4.2.2.4 Ref. In / Ref. Out The Ref. In connectors are used to provide an external reference signal to the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 40 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 4.2.2.8 Aux. Port A 25-pole SUB-D male connector used as an input and output for low-voltage TTL con- trol signals (max. 5 V). This connector is provided by the "Additional Interfaces" option R&S FPL1-B5. Short-circuit hazard Always observe the designated pin assignment.
  • Page 41 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 4.2.2.9 Headphones Connector The R&S FPL1000 provides demodulators for AM, FM and PM signals, which can be routed to the headphone connector. With headphones or an external loudspeaker con- nected to the 3.5 mm headphone socket, the displayed signal can be identified acousti- cally.

  • Page 42: Trying Out The Instrument

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 4.2.2.14 Device ID The unique device identifier is provided as a barcode sticker on the rear panel of the R&S FPL1000. It consists of the device order number and a serial number. The serial number is used to define the default instrument name, which is: <Type><variant>-<serial_number>...
  • Page 43 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument To display the internal 50 MHz calibration signal 1. Press the [Preset] key to start out in a defined instrument configuration. 2. Press the [Setup] key. 3. Tap the "Service + Support" softkey. 4.

  • Page 44: Displaying A Spectrogram

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument b) Tap the "Frequency" button. c) In the "Center" field, enter 50 on the number pad on the front panel. d) Press the "MHz" key next to the number pad. 2. Reduce the span to 20 MHz: a) In the "Span"...
  • Page 45 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Drag the "Spectrogram" icon from the evaluation bar to the diagram area. The blue area indicates that the new diagram would replace the previous spectrum display. Since we do not want to replace the spectrum, drag the icon to the lower half of the display to add an additional window instead.

  • Page 46: Activating Additional Measurement Channels

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-7: Spectrogram of the calibration signal 4.3.3 Activating Additional Measurement Channels The R&S FPL1000 features multiple measurement channels, i.e. you can define sev- eral measurement configurations in parallel and then switch between the channel set- ups automatically to perform the measurements sequentially.
  • Page 47 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-8: Adding a new measurement channel 3. Change the frequency range for this spectrum display: In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 500 MHz and the span to 1 GHz.
  • Page 48 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 50 MHz and tap "Zero Span". 6. Increase the reference level so you can see the level of the calibration signal at 1 dBm.
  • Page 49 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument d) Drag the "Real/Imag (I/Q)" icon from the evaluation bar to the SmartGrid to replace the default "Magnitude" display. Figure 4-11: Inserting a Real/Imag diagram for I/Q analysis e) Close the SmartGrid mode. The "IQ Analyzer"...

  • Page 50: Performing Sequential Measurements

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-12: The "MultiView" tab 4.3.4 Performing Sequential Measurements Although only one measurement can be performed at any one time, the measurements configured in the active channel setups can be performed sequentially, that means: one after the other, automatically, either once or continuously.

  • Page 51: Setting And Moving A Marker

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-13: "MultiView" tab with active Sequencer Figure 4-13, the "Spectrum 2" measurement is currently active (indicated by the "channel active" icon in the tab label). 3. Stop the Sequencer by tapping the "Sequencer" softkey again. 4.3.5 Setting and Moving a Marker Markers are useful to determine the position of particular effects in the trace.
  • Page 52 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 6. Now you can move the marker by tapping and dragging it to a different position. The current position is indicated by a dotted blue line. Notice how the position and value change in the marker area of the diagram.

  • Page 53: Displaying A Marker Peak List

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 4.3.6 Displaying a Marker Peak List The marker peak list determines the frequencies and levels of peaks in the spectrum automatically. We will display a marker peak list for the "Spectrum 2" measurement channel.

  • Page 54: Zooming Into The Display

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-14: Marker Peak List 4.3.7 Zooming into the Display To analyze the areas around the peak levels in more detail, we will zoom into the top 3 peaks. 1. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar. The icon is highlighted to indicate that multiple zoom mode is active.
  • Page 55 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-16: Zoomed display around a peak 3. In Figure 4-17, the enlarged peak is represented by a very thick trace. This is due to the insufficient number of sweep points. The missing sweep points for the zoomed display are interpolated, which provides poor results.
  • Page 56 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 4. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around markers M2, M3 and M4. Figure 4-18: Multiple zoom windows 5. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around marker M5.

  • Page 57: Saving Settings

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-19: Enlarged zoom window 4.3.8 Saving Settings To restore the results of our measurements later, we will store the instrument settings to a file. To save the instrument settings to a file 1.
  • Page 58 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 4-20: Saving the instrument settings to a file 4. Tap the "Save" button. The file MyMultiViewSetup.dfl is stored in the default directory C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\Save. To load stored instrument settings You can restore the settings to the instrument at any time using the settings file. 1.

  • Page 59: Printing And Saving Results

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 4.3.9 Printing and Saving Results Finally, after a successful measurement, we will document our results. First we will export the numeric trace data, then we will create a screenshot of the graphical display. To export the trace data 1.

  • Page 60: Operating The Instrument

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 4.4 Operating the Instrument This chapter provides an overview on how to work with the R&S FPL1000. Remote control In addition to working with the R&S FPL1000 interactively, located directly at the instru- ment, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC.
  • Page 61 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 1 = Channel bar for firmware and measurement settings 2 = Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information 3 = Diagram area with marker information 4 = Diagram footer with diagram-specific information, depending on measurement application 5 = Instrument status bar with error messages and date/time display Hiding elements in the display You can hide some of the elements in the display, for example the status bar or chan-...
  • Page 62 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument If many tabs are displayed, select the tab selection list icon at the right end of the chan- nel bar. Select the channel you want to switch to from the list. MultiView tab An additional tab labeled "MultiView"...
  • Page 63 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Table 4-6: Channel settings displayed in the channel bar in the Spectrum application Ref Level Reference level RF attenuation applied to input Ref Offset Reference level offset Sweep time that has been set. If the sweep time does not correspond to the value for automatic coupling, a bullet is displayed in front of the field.
  • Page 64 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Table 4-7: Common settings displayed in the channel bar The sweep is set to single sweep mode. Sweep Count The current signal count for measurement tasks that involve a specific number of subse- quent sweeps (see "Sweep Count"...
  • Page 65 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Trace Information in Window Title Bar Information on the displayed traces is indicated in the window title bar. (1) Trace color Color of trace display in diagram (2) Trace no. Trace number (1 to 6) (3) Detector Selected detector: AUTOPEAK detector...
  • Page 66 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Marker information in marker table In addition to the marker information displayed within the diagram grid, a separate marker table may be displayed beneath the diagram. This table provides the following information for all active markers: "Type"...
  • Page 67 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 4.4.1.5 Instrument and Status Information Global instrument settings and functions, the instrument status and any irregularities are indicated in the status bar beneath the diagram. In the MultiView tab, the status bar always displays the information for the currently selected measurement.
  • Page 68 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Color Type Description No color No errors No message displayed - normal operation. Green Measurement Some applications visualize that the measurement was successful by show- successful ing a message. If any error information is available for a channel setup, an exclamation mark is dis- played next to the channel setup name ( ).
  • Page 69 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument You can also configure which icons are displayed in the toolbar. For details see Chapter 8.6, "Toolbar Configuration", on page 530. If the list of available icons becomes longer than the height of the screen, an arrow at the bottom of the toolbar indicates that further icons are available.
  • Page 70 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument The undo function is useful, for example, if you are performing a zero span measure- ment with several markers and a limit line defined and accidentally select a different measurement. In this case, many settings would be lost. However, if you press [UNDO] immediately afterwards, the previous status is retrieved, i.e.
  • Page 71 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Windows Displays the Windows "Start" menu and task bar. "To access the "Start" menu" on page 27. 4.4.2.2 Softkeys Softkeys are virtual keys provided by the software. Thus, more functions can be provi- ded than those that can be accessed directly via the function keys on the instrument.
  • Page 72 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 4.4.2.4 On-screen Keyboard The on-screen keyboard is an additional means of interacting with the instrument with- out having to connect an external keyboard. The on-screen keyboard display can be switched on and off as desired using the "On- Screen Keyboard"...
  • Page 73 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 4.4.3 Entering Data Data can be entered in dialog boxes using one of the following methods: ● Using the touchscreen, via the online keyboard ● Using other elements provided by the front panel, e.g. the keypad, rotary knob, or navigation keys The rotary knob acts like the [ENTER] key when it is pressed.
  • Page 74 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Correcting an entry 1. Using the arrow keys, move the cursor to the right of the entry you want to delete. 2. Press the [Backspace] key. The entry to the left of the cursor is deleted. 3.
  • Page 75 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Dragging Move your finger from one position to another on the display, keeping your finger on the display the whole time. By dragging your finger over a table or diagram you can pan the displayed area of the table or diagram to show results that were previously out of view.
  • Page 76 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Figure 4-24: Spreading Touch gestures in diagrams change measurement settings When you change the display using touch gestures, the corresponding measurement settings are adapted. This is different to selecting an area on the screen in zoom mode, where merely the resolution of the displayed trace points is changed temporarily (graphical zoom).
  • Page 77 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Mouse operation Touch operation Drag-&-drop (= click and hold, then drag and Touch, then drag and release release) n.a. (Change hardware settings) Spread and pinch two fingers Mouse wheel to scroll up or down Swipe Dragging scrollbars to scroll up or down, left or right Swipe...
  • Page 78 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument The pointer changes its shape to a "?" and an arrow. 2. Select the screen element to change the focus. A topic containing information about the selected (now focused) screen element is displayed.

  • Page 79: Applications, Measurement Channels, And Result Displays

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Available Applications 5 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays The R&S FPL1000 allows you to perform all sorts of different analysis tasks on differ- ent types of signals, e.g. Analog Demodulation, I/Q analysis or basic spectrum analy- sis.
  • Page 80 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Available Applications Spectrum........................80 Analyzer........................80 AM FM PM Analog Demod................... 80 Noise Figure........................80 Phase Noise........................80 Vector Signal Analysis (VSA)..................81 Spectrum In the "Spectrum" application the provided functions correspond to those of a conven- tional spectrum analyzer.

  • Page 81: R&S Multiview

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Defining Channel Setups Vector Signal Analysis (VSA) The VSA application requires an instrument equipped with the Vector Signal Analysis option, R&S FPL1-K70. This application provides measurements and evaluations for single-carrier digitally modulated signals. For details see the R&S FPL1-K70 User Manual.
  • Page 82 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Defining Channel Setups Switching between channel setups When you switch to a new channel setup, a set of parameters is passed on from the current channel setup to the new one: ●...

  • Page 83: Running A Sequence Of Measurements

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements New Channel Setup ← Defining a channel setup The application selected on this tab of the dialog box activates a new channel setup, i.e. a new tab in the display. Note: The channel setups are labeled with the application name.
  • Page 84 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements tively, a Sequencer function is provided, which changes the channel setup of the instru- ment as required. If activated, the measurements configured in the currently defined "Channel"s are performed one after the other in the order of the tabs.
  • Page 85 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements Example: Sequencer procedure Assume the following active channel setup definition: Tab name Application Sweep mode Sweep count Spectrum Spectrum Cont. Sweep Spectrum 2 Spectrum Single Sweep Spectrum 3 Spectrum Cont.
  • Page 86 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements The "Single Sweep" and "Continuous Sweep" softkeys control the sweep mode for the currently selected channel setup only; the sweep mode only has an effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel setup, and only for a channel-defined sequence.

  • Page 87: Channel Setup Overview

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Channel Setup Overview 1. Configure a channel setup for each measurement configuration as required, includ- ing the sweep mode. 2. In the toolbar, select the "Sequencer" icon. The "Sequencer" menu is displayed. 3.

  • Page 88: Configuring Result Displays

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Using this overview, you can easily configure an entire channel setup from input over processing to output and analysis by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated. Chapter 6, "The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements)", on page 94 for details on configuration.
  • Page 89 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Principally, the layout of the windows on the screen is based on an underlying grid, the SmartGrid. However, the SmartGrid is dynamic and flexible, allowing for many different layout possibilities.
  • Page 90 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Figure 5-1: Moving a window in SmartGrid mode The brown area indicates the possible "drop area" for the window, i.e. the area in which the window can be placed. A blue area indicates the (approximate) layout of the win- dow as it would be if the icon were dropped at the current position.
  • Page 91 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays SmartGrid functions Once the evaluation icon has been dropped, icons in each window provide delete and move functions. The "Move" icon allows you to move the position of the window, possibly changing the size and position of the other displayed windows.
  • Page 92 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays "How to Arrange the Result Windows", on page 92 for more information on posi- tioning the window). Remote command: on page 739 / on page 744 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? LAYout:WINDow<n>:ADD? 5.6.1.4 How to Close a Result Window ►...
  • Page 93 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Remote command: on page 742 / LAYout:REPLace[:WINDow] LAYout:WINDow<n>:REPLace on page 745 5.6.2 Changing the Size of Windows Each channel setup tab may contain several windows to evaluate the measurement results using different methods.

  • Page 94: The Spectrum Application (Rf Measurements)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Configuration Overview 6 The Spectrum Application (RF Measure- ments) The Spectrum application provides basic RF measurements in the frequency and time domain. The common settings for these measurements are described here. ● Configuration Overview...................94 ●...
  • Page 95 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Configuration Overview Using this overview, you can easily configure an entire channel setup from input over processing to output and analysis by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated. In particular, the "Overview" provides quick access to the following configuration dialog boxes (listed in the recommended order of processing): 1.

  • Page 96: Measurements And Results

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2 Measurements and Results Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" Or: [MEAS] In the Spectrum application, the R&S FPL1000 provides a variety of different measure- ment functions. ● Basic measurements - measure the spectrum of your signal or watch your signal in time domain ●...
  • Page 97 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF)............... 212 ● Time Domain Power Measurement...............226 ● Harmonic Distortion Measurement................231 ● Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement............237 ● AM Modulation Depth Measurement..............247 ● Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Measurement..........
  • Page 98 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Most result evaluations can also be used for zero span measurements, although some functions (e.g. markers) may work slightly differently and some may not be available. If so, this will be indicated in the function descriptions (see Chapter 6.2.2, "Basic Evalua- tion Methods",...
  • Page 99 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6. To start the measurement, select one of the following: ● [RUN SINGLE] key ● "Single Sweep" softkey in the "Sweep" menu The defined number of sweeps are performed, then the measurement is stopped. While the measurement is running, the [RUN SINGLE] key is highlighted.
  • Page 100 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Table 6-1: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 128 MHz Level -30 dBm ● Measuring the Level and Frequency Using Markers..........100 ● Measuring the Signal Frequency Using the Signal Counter.........
  • Page 101 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Reducing the frequency span to 10 kHz ► Reduce the frequency span to 10 kHz. The resolution of the trace is now approximately 10 Hz (10 kHz span / 1001 trace points), thus, the precision of the marker frequency display increases to approxi- mately ±5 Hz.
  • Page 102 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Prerequisite Precise frequency measurements require a precise reference frequency. Therefore, an external reference frequency from the signal generator is used. Connect the signal generator's "Ref OUT" connector to the analyzer's "Ref IN" connector. 1.
  • Page 103 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results This measurement example shows the different factors influencing the S/N ratio. Table 6-2: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 128 MHz Level -95 dBm 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2.
  • Page 104 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-2: RF sine wave signal with low S/N ratio with an averaged trace 6. Instead of trace averaging, you can select a video filter that is narrower than the resolution bandwidth.
  • Page 105 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The displayed noise is reduced by approximately 10 dB. The signal, therefore, emerges from noise by about 10 dB. Compared to the previous setting, the video bandwidth has remained the same, i.e. it has increased relative to the smaller reso- lution bandwidth.
  • Page 106 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-5: Test setup Table 6-3: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -30 dBm 128,00 MHz Signal generator 2 -30 dBm 128,03 MHz 1. Select [PRESET] to reset the instrument. 2.
  • Page 107 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-6: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with the resolution band- width which corresponds to the frequency spacing of the signals Matching generator and R&S FPL1000 frequencies The level drop is located exactly in the center of the display only if the generator frequencies match the frequency display of the R&S FPL1000 exactly.
  • Page 108 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-7: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with a resolution band- width which is larger than their frequency spacing 6. Set the resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz. The two generator signals are shown with high resolution.
  • Page 109 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier in the Frequency Domain In the frequency range display, the AM side bands can be resolved with a narrow bandwidth and measured separately. The modulation depth of a carrier modulated with a sinusoidal signal can then be measured.
  • Page 110 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-10: Measurement of the AM modulation depth The modulation depth is displayed as "MDepth". The frequency of the AF signal can be obtained from the frequency display of the delta marker. Measuring AM-Modulated Signals The R&S FPL1000 rectifies the RF input signal (that is, removes the negative parts) and displays it as a magnitude spectrum.
  • Page 111 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 2. Set the center frequency to 128 MHz. 3. Set the frequency span to 0 Hz or select "Zero Span". 4. Set the sweep time to 2.5 ms. 5. Set the RBW to 3 MHz. 6.
  • Page 112 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results b) Select "Marker Demodulation". The R&S FPL1000 automatically switches on the AM audio demodulator. A 1 kHz tone can be heard over headset (via the headphones connector). If nec- essary, use the volume control to turn up the volume.
  • Page 113 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The R&S FPL1000 shows the GSM burst continuously across the display. 8. Using the video trigger, set triggering on the rising edge of the burst. a) Press the [TRIG] key. b) Set the "Trg Source"...
  • Page 114 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Measuring the Edges of a GSM Burst with High Time Resolution Due to the high time resolution of the R&S FPL1000 at the 0 Hz display range, the edges of TDMA bursts can be measured precisely. The edges can be shifted to the display area using the trigger offset.
  • Page 115 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results c) By turning the rotary knob counterclockwise, reduce the trigger offset until the burst edge is displayed in the center of the display, or enter -50 µs. The R&S FPL1000 displays the rising edge of the GSM burst. Figure 6-16: Rising edge of the GSM burst displayed with high time resolution 4.
  • Page 116 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals When TDMA transmission methods are used, the signal-to-noise ratio or the dynamic range for deactivation can be measured by comparing the power values during the activation phase and the deactivation phase of the transmission burst.
  • Page 117 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Note down the power result for the burst, indicated by the "TD Pow RMS" result in the marker table. 9. Measure the power during the deactivation phase of the burst by switching the trig- ger slope to "Falling"...
  • Page 118 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Diagram Displays a basic level vs. frequency or level vs. time diagram of the measured data to evaluate the results graphically. This is the default evaluation method. Which data is displayed in the diagram depends on the "Trace"...
  • Page 119 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH, PEAK, see on page 739 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? Results: on page 837 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X on page 850 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:Y? Result Summary Result summaries provide the results of specific measurement functions in a table for numerical evaluation.
  • Page 120 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results frequency of the internal generator is coupled to the (center) frequency of the analyzer and can be set from 5 kHz to the maximum frequency of the R&S FPL1000. However, you can define an offset for the internal generator frequency.
  • Page 121 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The settings for a power sweep measurement are described in "Power Sweep Set- tings" on page 297. ● About the Power Sweep Compression Point Measurement......... 121 ● Power Sweep Compression Point Results............123 ●...
  • Page 122 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-20: Test setup for compression point measurement using an internal generator The compression point is defined as the power level at which the relationship between the input power and output power deviates from the linear trace. Various compression points can be defined, depending on the amount of deviation.
  • Page 123 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results loss, for instance, a level offset can occur. By defining a known level offset for the mea- surement, you can shift the x-axis scale to compensate for the loss. Nevertheless, you define the correct power start level and stop level to be applied to the DUT and swept by the measurement.
  • Page 124 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The result summary contains the following results: ● "Compression Point": Level of compression ● "Reference": Used reference point for calculation ● "Generator Level": Input level of the DUT at which the compression occurs ●...
  • Page 125 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results General power sweep settings are described in "Power Sweep Settings" on page 297. Compression Measurement State................125 Reference........................125 Compression Points....................125 Compression Measurement State Enables or disables the compression point measurement. Remote command: on page 624 CONFigure:CMEasurement[:STATe]...
  • Page 126 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: Enable calculation: on page 623 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P1DB[:STAT] on page 624 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P3DB[:STAT] on page 624 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:PNDB[:STAT] on page 623 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:CVALue Query results: on page 625 FETCh:CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]? on page 625 FETCh:CMEasurement:P3DB[:RESult]? on page 625 FETCh:CMEasurement:PNDB[:RESult]?
  • Page 127 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.4 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Measuring the power in channels adjacent to the carrier or transmission channel is useful to detect interference. The results are displayed as a bar chart for the individual channels.
  • Page 128 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.4.2 Channel Power Results For channel or adjacent-channel power measurements, the individual channels are indicated by different colored bars in the diagram. The height of each bar corresponds to the measured power of that channel. In addition, the name of the channel ("Adj", "Alt %1", "Tx %1", etc., or a user-defined name) is indicated above the bar (separated by a line which has no further meaning).
  • Page 129 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In the R&S FPL1000 display, only the first neighboring channel of the carrier (TX) channel is labeled "Adj" (adjacent) channel; all others are labeled "Alt" (alternate) channels. In this manual, "Adjacent" refers to both adjacent and alternate channels. The measured power values for the TX and adjacent channels are also output as a table in the Result Summary window.
  • Page 130 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel spacing) can be optimized automatically using the "Adjust Settings" function (see "Opti- mized Settings (Adjust Settings)" on page 138). The easiest way to configure a measurement is using the configuration "Overview", Chapter 6.1, "Configuration Overview",...
  • Page 131 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The "Sweep Time" can be defined using the softkey in the "Ch Power" menu or in the "Sweep" configuration dialog box (see " Sweep Time " on page 138). Frequency Span The frequency span must cover at least the channels to be measured plus a measure- ment margin of approximately 10 %.
  • Page 132 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results You can optimize the resolution bandwidth for the defined channel settings. Use the "Adjust Settings" function in the "Ch Power" menu or the "General Settings" tab of the "ACLR Setup" dialog box (see "Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings)"...
  • Page 133 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Z = electrical impedance = power represented by a measurement point When the power has been calculated, the power units are converted into decibels and the value is displayed as a measurement point. In principle, the sample detector would be possible as well.
  • Page 134 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.4, "Measuring the Channel Power and ACLR", on page 626. ● General CP/ACLR Measurement Settings............134 ● Channel Setup......................
  • Page 135 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Standard The main measurement settings can be stored as a standard file. When such a stan- dard is loaded, the required channel and general measurement settings are automati- cally set on the R&S FPL1000. However, the settings can be changed. Predefined standards are available for standard measurements, but standard files with user- defined configurations can also be created.
  • Page 136 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details see "How to Manage User-Defined Configurations" on page 143. Remote command: To query all available standards: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:STANdard:CATalog? on page 627 To load a standard: on page 626 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:PRESet To save a standard: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:STANdard:SAVE...
  • Page 137 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Selected Trace The CP/ACLR measurement can be performed on any active trace. Remote command: on page 621 [SENSe:]POWer:TRACe Absolute and Relative Values (ACLR Mode) The powers of the adjacent channels are output in dBm or dBm/Hz (absolute values), or in dBc, relative to the specified reference Tx channel.
  • Page 138 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Note: In adjacent-channel power measurement, the power is always referenced to a transmission channel (see "Reference Channel" on page 136), thus, this function is not available. Remote command: on page 634 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings) All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel...
  • Page 139 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth..................... 139 Channel Spacings....................... 139 Limit Check......................... 140 Weighting Filters......................141 Channel Names......................141 Channel Bandwidth The Tx channel bandwidth is normally defined by the transmission standard. The correct bandwidth is set automatically for the selected standard. The bandwidth for each channel is indicated by a colored bar in the display.
  • Page 140 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If the spacings are not equal, the channel distribution in relation to the center frequency is as follows: Odd number of Tx channels The middle Tx channel is centered to center frequency. Even number of Tx channels The two Tx channels in the middle are used to calculate the fre- quency between those two channels.
  • Page 141 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results on page 635 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe on page 637 on page 636 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>:ABSolute:STATe on page 638 on page 637 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>:ABSolute CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative]:STATe on page 640 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative] on page 639 on page 636 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult? Weighting Filters Weighting filters allow you to determine the influence of individual channels on the total...
  • Page 142 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● How to Perform a Standard Channel Power Measurement........142 ● How to Set Up the Channels.................142 ● How to Manage User-Defined Configurations............143 ● How to Compare the Tx Channel Power in Successive Measurements....144 How to Perform a Standard Channel Power Measurement Performing a channel power or ACLR measurement according to common standards is...
  • Page 143 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ► To configure the channels in the "Ch Power" dialog box, select "Ch Power" > "CP / ACLR Config" > "Channel Settings" tab. In the "Channel Setup" dialog box, you can define the channel settings for all channels, independent of the defined number of used Tx or adjacent channels.
  • Page 144 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 2. Configure the measurement as required (see also "How to Set Up the Channels" on page 142). 3. In the "General Settings" tab, select the "Manage User Standards" button to display the "Manage"...
  • Page 145 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results A programming example demonstrating an ACLR measurement in a remote environ- ment is provided in Chapter 10.6.4.8, "Programming Examples for Channel Power Measurements", on page 642. ● Measurement Example 2 – Measuring Adjacent Channel Power of a W-CDMA Uplink Signal......................
  • Page 146 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The R&S FPL1000 sets the optimum RF attenuation and the reference level for the power in the transmission channel to obtain the maximum dynamic range. The fol- lowing figure shows the result of the measurement. Figure 6-23: Measuring the relative adjacent channel power on a W-CDMA uplink signal The R&S FPL1000 measures the power of the individual channels.
  • Page 147 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 2. Set the center frequency to 1 GHz and the span to 1 MHz. 3. To obtain maximum sensitivity, set RF attenuation to 0 dB and the reference level to -40 dBm.
  • Page 148 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Increase the RBW to minimize the measurement time; however, consider the requirements of the standard if you need to measure according to standard! The automatic settings are always according to standard. ●...
  • Page 149 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.5 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements Measures the carrier-to-noise ratio. C/No measurements normalize the ratio to a 1 Hz bandwidth. ● About the Measurement..................149 ● Carrier-to-Noise Results..................150 ● Carrier-to-Noise Configuration................150 ● How to Determine the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio............
  • Page 150 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.5.2 Carrier-to-Noise Results As a result of the carrier-to-noise measurement the evaluated bandwidth and the cal- culated C/N ratio are displayed in the result window. The fixed reference marker is indi- cated in the diagram.
  • Page 151 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Carrier-to-noise measurements are not available in zero span mode. The easiest way to configure a measurement is using the configuration "Overview", Chapter 6.1, "Configuration Overview", on page 94. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.5, "Measuring the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio",...
  • Page 152 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth Defines the channel bandwidth. The default setting is 14 kHz. Remote command: on page 629 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] Adjust Settings Enables the RMS detector and adjusts the span to the selected channel bandwidth according to: "4 x channel bandwidth + measurement margin"...

  • Page 153: Measurement

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results cations system, for instance, the occupied bandwidth must be limited to enable distor- tion-free transmission in adjacent channels. ● About the Measurement..................153 ● Results......................155 ● Configuration....................155 ● How to Determine the Occupied Bandwidth............
  • Page 154 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results OBW within defined search limits - multicarrier OBW measurement in one sweep The occupied bandwidth of the signal can also be determined within defined search limits instead of for the entire signal. Thus, only a single sweep is required to determine the OBW for a multicarrier signal.

  • Page 155: Obw Results

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.6.2 OBW Results As a result of the OBW measurement the occupied bandwidth ("Occ Bw") is indicated in the marker results. Furthermore, the marker at the center frequency and the tempo- rary markers are indicated.
  • Page 156 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results This measurement is not available in zero span. Configuring search limits for OBW measurement The OBW measurement uses the same search limits as defined for marker search (see "Search Limits" on page 360).
  • Page 157 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth Defines the channel bandwidth for the transmission channel in single-carrier measure- ments. This bandwidth is used to optimize the test parameters (for details see "Adjust Settings" on page 157). The default setting is 14 kHz. For measurements according to a specific transmission standard, define the bandwidth specified by the standard for the transmission channel.

  • Page 158: How To Determine The Occupied Bandwidth

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.6.4 How to Determine the Occupied Bandwidth The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to determine the occupied bandwidth. For remote operation, see Chapter 10.6.6.2, "Programming Example: OBW Measure- ment", on page 646.

  • Page 159: Measurement Example

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 8. Continue in this way until all carriers have been measured. 6.2.6.5 Measurement Example In the following example, the bandwidth that occupies 99 % of the total power of a PDC signal at 800 MHz, level 0 dBm is measured.
  • Page 160 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.7.1 About the Measurement The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that moni- tors compliance with a spectral mask. The mask is defined with reference to the input signal power.
  • Page 161 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Example: For example, in Figure 6-25, "31 < P < 39" is indicated as the used power class is defined from 31 to 39. Figure 6-25: Spectrum Emission Mask result displays In addition to the graphical results of the SEM measurement displayed in the diagram, a result summary is displayed to evaluate the limit check results (see also "Limit Lines...
  • Page 162 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Label Description "Power Rel" Peak power level within the range, relative to the "Tx Power" "ΔLimit" Deviation of the peak power level from the limit line You can define in which detail the data is displayed in the result summary in the "List Evaluation"...
  • Page 163 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-27: SEM results for multiple sub blocks Retrieving results via remote control The measurement results of the spectrum emission mask test can be retrieved using the CALC:LIM:FAIL? command from a remote computer; see CALCulate<n>: on page 907 for a detailed description.
  • Page 164 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Ranges and Range Settings In the Spectrum Emission Mask measurements, a range defines a segment for which you can define the following parameters separately: ● Start and stop frequency ●...
  • Page 165 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● The maximum number of ranges is 30. ● The minimum number of ranges is 3. ● The reference range cannot be deleted. ● Center the reference range on the center frequency. ●...
  • Page 166 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Limit Lines in SEM Measurements For the R&S FPL1000, the spectrum emission mask is defined using limit lines. Limit lines allow you to check the measured data (that is, the trace results) against specified limit values.
  • Page 167 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Limit check type Pass/fail criteria Limit line definition "Relative with If the power exceeds both the abso- Defined by the maximum of the absolute or function f(x)" lute and the relative limits, the check relative start and stop limit values for each fails (see Relative limit line functions...
  • Page 168 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Fast SEM Measurements To improve the performance of the R&S FPL1000 for spectrum emission mask mea- surements, a "Fast SEM" mode is available. If this mode is activated, several consecu- tive ranges with identical sweep settings are combined to one sweep internally, which makes the measurement considerably faster.
  • Page 169 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If "Symmetrical Setup" mode is active when "Fast SEM" mode is activated, not all sweep list settings can be configured symmetrically automatically (see also "Symmetri- cal Setup" on page 179). Any other changes to the sweep settings of the combined range are applied to each included range and remain changed even after deactivating "Fast SEM"...
  • Page 170 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Particular features of configuring multiple sub blocks The sub blocks are independent of the global start, stop, center and span frequencies for the complete SEM measurement. Thus, there can be gaps that can even include other carrier ranges, but are not configured for the SEM measurement.
  • Page 171 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-29: Behavior for overlapping masks ● For the ranges in which multiple limit lines are significant, a range-specific function determines the behavior of the limit check Limit calculation for individual ranges For each range a function can be defined that determines the behavior of the limit check if there are multiple limit lines: ●...
  • Page 172 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Different RBWs in overlapping ranges If different RBWs are defined for the overlapping ranges, the following parameters from the range with the smaller RBW are considered for both ranges: ●...
  • Page 173 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-30: Summarized limit line for multiple sub blocks 6.2.7.5 SEM Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spectrum Emission Mask" The SEM measurement is started immediately with the default settings. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.7, "Measuring the Spectrum Emission...

  • Page 174: Sweep List

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Sweep List ......................174 ● Multi-SEM (Sub Block) Settings................179 ● Reference Range....................180 ● Power Classes...................... 182 ● Standard Files....................... 183 ● List Evaluation (Results Configuration)..............185 Sweep List Access: "Overview"...
  • Page 175 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Attenuation......................176 Preamp........................177 Transducer Factor....................... 177 Limit Check <n>......................177 Abs Limit Start / Stop <n>................... 177 Rel Limit Start / Stop <n>.................... 177 Multi-Limit Calc <n>....................178 Min Sweep Points ......................
  • Page 176 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details on the RBW, see Chapter 6.6.1.1, "Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth", on page 320. Remote command: on page 652 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:BANDwidth:RESolution Sets the video bandwidth for this range. For details on the VBW, see Chapter 6.6.1.2, "Smoothing the Trace Using the Video Bandwidth",...
  • Page 177 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Preamp Switches the preamplifier on or off. For details on the preamplifier, see "Preamplifier" on page 316. Remote command: on page 656 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN:STATe Transducer Factor Sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that fulfills the following conditions: ●...
  • Page 178 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If the function is set to "Max", you can define a relative and an absolute limit level. In this case, the maximum of the two values is used as the limit level. For more information, see "Relative limit line functions"...

  • Page 179: Multi-Sem (Sub Block) Settings

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Insert before Range / Insert after Range Inserts a new range to the left (before) or to the right (after) of the range in which the cursor is currently displayed. The range numbers of the currently focused range and all higher ranges are increased accordingly.

  • Page 180: Reference Range

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Sub Block Count......................180 Sub Block / Center Freq....................180 Standard........................180 Edit Sweep List ......................180 Sub Block Count Defines the number of sub blocks. By default, the familiar SEM measurement with just one single block of ranges is configured.
  • Page 181 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Power Reference Type....................181 Channel Power Settings....................181 └ Bandwidth....................181 └ RRC Filter State....................181 └ Alpha:......................182 Power Reference Type Defines how the reference power is calculated. "Channel Power" Measures the channel power within the reference range using the integration bandwidth method.

  • Page 182: Power Classes

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 666 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] Alpha: ← Channel Power Settings Sets the alpha value of the RRC filter (if activated). Remote command: on page 665 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa Power Classes Access: "Overview"...

  • Page 183: Standard Files

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>[:EXCLusive] on page 669 To define all limits in one step: CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:LIMit[:STATe] on page 670 PMin/ PMax Defines the power limits for each power class. The first range always starts at -200 dBm (-INF) and the last range always stops at 200 dBm (+INF).
  • Page 184 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details, see "How to Manage SEM Settings Files" on page 189. Standard files for sub blocks (Multi-SEM measurements) If more than one sub blocks are defined, the "Standard Files" tab and softkey are not available.

  • Page 185: List Evaluation (Results Configuration)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results File names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. In partic- ular, they must not contain special characters such as ":", "*", "?". For details on the filename and location, see Chapter 7.2.2.2, "Storage Location and Filename", on page 468.
  • Page 186 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results List Evaluation State (Result Summary)..............186 Show Peaks........................ 186 Margin......................... 186 Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File..........187 List Evaluation State (Result Summary) Activates or deactivates the Result Summary. Remote command: on page 672 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch:AUTO...
  • Page 187 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File Exports the Result Summary of the SEM measurement to an ASCII file for evaluation in an external application. If necessary, change the decimal separator for evaluation in other languages.
  • Page 188 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● The required resolution bandwidth or sweep time ● Transducer factors ● Permitted deviation from the defined signal level, i.e. the required limit values for monitoring If the signal consists of a transmission channel and adjacent channels, the channel ranges can usually be used for the range definition.
  • Page 189 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 10. To save the current SEM measurement settings to a file to re-use them later, save a settings file as described in "How to save a user-defined SEM settings file" on page 190.
  • Page 190 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results SEM settings or standard files are managed in the "Standard" tab of the "Spectrum Emission Mask" dialog box. To display this dialog box, select the "Overview" softkey and then the "SEM Setup" button. How to load an SEM settings file 1.
  • Page 191 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 1. Configure and perform an SEM measurement as described in Chapter 6.2.7.6, "How to Perform a Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement", on page 187. 2. In the "Overview", select the "Analysis" button. 3.
  • Page 192 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Setting up the measurement 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2. Set the center frequency to 903.25 MHz. 3. Set the reference level to 10 dBm with an offset of to 30 dB. 4.
  • Page 193 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.7.8 Reference: SEM File Descriptions This reference provides details on the format of the SEM settings and result files. ● Format Description of SEM XML Files..............193 ● ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission Mask)..........
  • Page 194 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Example: In the sample file PowerClass_39_43.xml under C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP, these attributes are defined as follows: ● Standard="W-CDMA 3GPP" ● LinkDirection="DL" ● PowerClass="(39,43)dBm" The "PowerClass" element It is embedded in the BaseFormat element and contains settings information about the power classes.
  • Page 195 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results </Instrument> <LinkDirection Name="Name"> <ReferencePower> <Method>"Method"</Method> </ReferencePower> <PowerClass Index="n"> <!-- For contents of the PowerClass node, see Table 6-14 --> <!-- Define up to four PowerClass nodes --> </PowerClass> </LinkDirection> </RS_SEM_ACP_File>...
  • Page 196 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results <RFAttenuation Mode="Auto" Unit="dB" Value="Value"/> <Preamplifier State="State"/> </Amplitude> <MeasPointsMin>1</MeasPointsMin> <CalcRuleMulti>Sum</CalcRuleMulti> </Range> Table 6-13: Attributes and child nodes of the BaseFormat element Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Description Mand. FileFormatVersion 1.0.0.0 Date YYYY-MM-DD Date in ISO 8601 format...
  • Page 197 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Table 6-15: Attributes and child nodes of the Range element (normal ranges) Child node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand. Index 0…19 Indices are continuous and have to start with 0 Name <string>...
  • Page 198 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Child node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand. Type NORM | PULS | CFIL | RRC Bandwidth <bandwidth in Hz> "VBW" on page 176 Detector NEG | POS | If used, it has to be identical SAMP | RMS | in all ranges.
  • Page 199 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results File contents Explanation Ref Position;100.000000;% y-Axis;LOG; Level Range;100.000000;dB Trace settings Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Detector;RMS; Sweep Count;0; Trace 1:; x-Unit;Hz; y-Unit;dBm; List evaluation settings Margin;200; Peak List margin Reference range settings RefType;...
  • Page 200 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● About the Measurement..................200 ● Spurious Emissions Measurement Results............200 ● Spurious Emissions Basics................... 201 ● Spurious Emissions Measurement Configuration..........203 ● How to Perform a Spurious Emissions Measurement...........209 ● Reference: ASCII Export File Format (Spurious)..........
  • Page 201 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Column Description Range Low Frequency range start for the range the peak value belongs to Range Up Frequency range end for the range the peak value belongs to RBW of the range Frequency Frequency at the peak value Power Abs...
  • Page 202 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Ranges and Range Settings Conditions for ranges The following rules apply to ranges: ● The minimum span of a range is 20 Hz. ● The individual ranges must not overlap (but can have gaps). ●...
  • Page 203 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results As for general limit lines, the results of each limit line check are displayed (here: "_SPURIOUS_LINE_ABS_<xxx>"), as well as the combined result for all defined limit lines ("Limit Check"). The limit check is considered to be "' failed!"...
  • Page 204 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For Spurious Emissions measurements, the input signal is split into several frequency ranges which are swept individually and for which different limitations apply. If you edit the sweep list, always follow the rules and consider the limitations described "Ranges and Range Settings"...
  • Page 205 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Range Start / Range Stop Sets the start frequency/stop frequency of the selected range. You can define a span that is smaller than the overall span of the ranges. In this case, the measurement includes only the ranges that lie within the defined span and have a minimum span of 20 Hz.
  • Page 206 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details, refer to "Mapping Samples to sweep Points with the Trace Detector" on page 390. Remote command: on page 679 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DETector Reference Level Sets the reference level for the range. For details on the reference level, see Chapter 6.5.1.1, "Reference Level",...
  • Page 207 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details on transducers, see Chapter 8.7.1, "Basics on Transducer Factors", on page 531. Remote command: on page 685 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:TRANsducer Limit Check Activates or deactivates the limit check for all ranges. For details on limit checks, see "Limit Lines in Spurious Measurements"...
  • Page 208 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results List Evaluation State....................208 Show Peaks........................ 208 Margin......................... 208 Details......................... 209 Peaks per Range......................209 Save Evaluation List....................209 List Evaluation State Activates or deactivates the list evaluation. Remote command: on page 686 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:AUTO Show Peaks...
  • Page 209 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Details Configures how detailed the list in the Result Summary is. Includes all detected peaks (up to a maximum defined by "Peaks per Range"). Includes only one peak per range. Remote command: on page 686 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch:DETails...
  • Page 210 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6. Optionally, define a limit check. a) Activate the limit check by setting "Limit Check" to "ABSOLUTE". The limit check is always activated or deactivated for all ranges simultaneously. b) Define the limit line's start and stop values for each range of the signal.
  • Page 211 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The header data is made up of three columns, separated by ';', with the syntax: Parameter name; numeric value; basic unit File contents Explanation File header Type;FPL1003 Model Version;1.00; Firmware version Date;31.Mar 11;...

  • Page 212: About The Measurements

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results File contents Explanation File data section 0;9000;150000;1000;79500;-25.006643295288086;- Measured peak values: 12.006643295288086;PASS; <range number>; 0;9000;150000;1000;101022.11126961483;-47.075 <start frequency>; 111389160156;-34.075111389160156;PASS; <stop frequency>; 0;9000;150000;1000;58380.171184022824;-47.079 <resolution bandwidth of range>; 341888427734;-34.079341888427734;PASS; <frequency of peak>; <absolute power in dBm of peak>; <distance to the limit line in dB>;...

  • Page 213: Typical Applications

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Statistic measurements on pulsed signals can be performed using a gated trigger. For details see Chapter 6.2.9.4, "APD and CCDF Basics - Gated Triggering", on page 215. 6.2.9.2 Typical Applications Digital modulated signals are similar to white noise within the transmit channel, but are different in their amplitude distribution.
  • Page 214 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In addition to the histogram, a result table is displayed containing the following informa- tion: ● Number of samples used for calculation ● For each displayed trace: – Mean amplitude –...

  • Page 215: Apd And Ccdf Basics - Gated Triggering

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● For each displayed trace: Mean Mean power Peak Peak power Crest Crest factor (peak power – mean power) 10 % 10 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 1 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 0,1 % 0,1 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB...

  • Page 216: Apd And Ccdf Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.9.5 APD and CCDF Configuration Configuration consists of the following settings: ● Make sure the specified reference level is higher than the measured peak value (see "Reference Level" on page 313). ●...
  • Page 217 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Basic Settings Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "APD"/"CCDF" > "APD Config"/ "CCDF Config" The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.9, "Analyzing Statistics (APD, CCDF)", on page 690.
  • Page 218 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Number of Samples Defines the number of power measurements that are taken into account for the statis- tics. For statistics measurements with the R&S FPL1000, the number of samples to be measured is defined instead of the sweep time.
  • Page 219 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.9.3, "Using Gate Ranges for Statistical Measurements", on page 692. Up to three ranges can be defined for each of the six available traces. Comment........................219 Period..........................219 Range <x>...
  • Page 220 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Range <x> Start/Stop Defines the start and stop points of the range within the tracing period. Make sure the value for the stopping time is smaller than the length of the period. Note: You can define the time values with a greater numerical resolution than is dis- played;...
  • Page 221 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results └ Y-Max/ Y-Min....................221 Default Settings......................222 Adjust Settings......................222 X-Axis Defines the scaling settings for signal level values. Ref Level ← X-Axis Defines the reference level for the signal levels in the currently active unit (dBm, dBµV, etc.).

  • Page 222: How To Perform An Apd Or Ccdf Measurement

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Default Settings Resets the x- and y-axis scalings to their preset values. X-axis ref level: -10 dBm X-axis range APD: 100 dB X-axis range CCDF: 20 dB Y-axis upper limit: Y-axis lower limit: 1E-6 Remote command:...

  • Page 223: Examples

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 3. Define the time period for which the input signal is to be analyzed, for example the duration of 3 signal pulses. 4. For each active trace, define up to three ranges within the time period to be mea- sured.
  • Page 224 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results t4: End of useful part, to be used for statistics (after 578 µs) t5: End of burst (after 602 µs) The instrument has to be configured as follows: Trigger Offset t2 –...
  • Page 225 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-33: Amplitude probability distribution of white noise 4. Now select the "CCDF" measurement function from the "Select Measurement" dia- log box. Figure 6-34: CCDF of white noise User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...

  • Page 226: Optimizing And Troubleshooting The Measurement

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The CCDF trace indicates the probability that a level will exceed the mean power. The level above the mean power is plotted along the x-axis of the graph. The origin of the axis corresponds to the mean power level.
  • Page 227 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Mode Description Peak Peak value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. Mean Mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof.
  • Page 228 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results between signal and noise power of a TDMA signal for instance can be measured by using a measurement as a reference value and then varying the measurement range. In order to get stable measurement results for a limited evaluation range, usually a trig- ger is required.
  • Page 229 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results "Peak" Peak power over several measurements (uses trace averaging, Max Hold) "RMS" RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. "Mean" Mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof.
  • Page 230 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 2. From the "Select Measurement" dialog box, select the "Time Domain Power" mea- surement function. 3. Select the type of power measurement results to be determined by selecting the corresponding softkeys.
  • Page 231 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 8. In the Time Domain Power configuration dialog box, set all four results to "On". 9. Set the "Limit State" to "On". μ s and the right limit at 538 μ s. 10.
  • Page 232 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The Harmonic Distortion measurement then performs zero span sweeps at the center frequency and at each harmonic, i.e. at frequencies that are a multiple of the center frequency. As a result, the zero span sweeps on all harmonics are shown, as well as the RMS values and the total harmonic distortion (THD).
  • Page 233 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-35: Extrapolation of the 1st and 2nd harmonics to the 2nd harmonic intercept at 40 dBm The following formula for the obtainable harmonic distortion d in dB is derived from the straight-line equations and the given intercept point: = S.H.I –...
  • Page 234 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The maximum harmonic distortion is obtained if the level of the harmonic equals the intrinsic noise level of the receiver. The level applied to the mixer, according to (2), is: At a resolution bandwidth of 10 Hz (noise level -143 dBm, S.H.I.
  • Page 235 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In addition, a result table is displayed providing the following information: ● First harmonic frequency ● THD (total harmonic distortion), relative and absolute values ● For each detected harmonic: –...
  • Page 236 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.11, "Measuring the Harmonic Distortion", on page 709. Number of Harmonics....................236 Harmonic Sweep Time....................236 Harmonic RBW Auto....................
  • Page 237 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If harmonic measurement was performed in the time domain, this function adjusts the reference level only. Remote command: on page 711 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet 6.2.11.5 How to Determine the Harmonic Distortion Chapter 6.9.6, "Measurement Example: Measuring Harmonics Using Marker Func- tions", on page 388, measuring harmonics was described using marker functions.
  • Page 238 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.12.1 About the TOI Measurement If several signals are applied to a transmission two-port device with nonlinear charac- teristic, intermodulation products appear at its output at the sums and differences of the signals.
  • Page 239 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-36: Intermodulation products Ps1 and Ps2 The intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P The intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P...
  • Page 240 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-37: Dependency of intermodulation products on level of useful signals The useful signals at the two-port output increase proportionally with the input level as long as the two-port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input causes a level change of 1 dB at the output.
  • Page 241 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Intermodulation-free dynamic range The "Intermodulation-free dynamic range", i.e. the level range in which no internal intermodulation products are generated if two-tone signals are measured, is deter- mined by the third order intercept point, the phase noise and the thermal noise of the signal analyzer.
  • Page 242 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-39: Intermodulation-free dynamic range as a function of level at the input mixer and of the selected resolution bandwidth (Useful signal offset = 10 to 100 kHz, DANL = -145 dBm/Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical val- ues at 2 GHz).
  • Page 243 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command The TOI can also be queried using the remote commands: on page 714. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? on page 715 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MAXimum? on page 715 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MINimum? 6.2.12.4 TOI Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Third Order Intercept" > "TOI Config" The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 10.6.12, "Measuring the Third Order Intercept...
  • Page 244 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4 Indicates the detected characteristic values as determined by the TOI measurement (see Chapter 6.2.12.3, "TOI Results", on page 242). The marker positions can be edited; the TOI is then recalculated according to the new marker values.
  • Page 245 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Test setup: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Device Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -4 dBm 799.6 MHz Signal generator 2 -4 dBm 800.4 MHz Setting up the measurement 1.
  • Page 246 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The third order intercept (TOI) is displayed in the marker information. 2. The level of a signal analyzer's intrinsic intermodulation products depends on the RF level of the useful signals at the input mixer. When the RF attenuation is added, the mixer level is reduced and the intermodulation distance is increased.
  • Page 247 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.13 AM Modulation Depth Measurement This measurement determines the AM modulation depth of an AM-modulated carrier. ● About the Measurement..................247 ● AM Modulation Depth Results................247 ● AM Modulation Depth Configuration..............
  • Page 248 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: The AM modulation depth can also be queried using the remote command on page 718. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult<t>? 6.2.13.3 AM Modulation Depth Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "AM Modulation Depth" > "AM Mod Depth Config"...
  • Page 249 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Marker Description Maximum of the signal (= carrier level) Offset of next peak to the right of the carrier Offset of the next peak to the left of the carrier The marker positions can be edited;...
  • Page 250 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6.2.13.5 How to Determine the AM Modulation Depth The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to determine the AM modula- tion depth. For remote operation, see Chapter 10.6.13.2, "Example: Measuring the AM Modulation Depth", on page 718.
  • Page 251 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● How to Perform EMI Measurements..............271 ● Measurement Example: Measuring Radio Frequency Interference......273 ● Optimizing and Troubleshooting EMI Measurements........... 276 6.2.14.1 About the EMI Measurement EMI measurements can be very time-consuming, especially if weighting detectors are required for the measurement.
  • Page 252 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 6-40: EMI measurement results Initial peak search results - Marker Table As a result of the initial peak search, the active markers are set to the positive peaks of the measured signal.
  • Page 253 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Label Description Δ Limit Delta between measured level and limit line (if active) The value is colored to indicate the following states: ● green: does not exceed limit ● yellow: within margin ●...
  • Page 254 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For the quasi-peak, CISPR Average, or RMS Average detector, the bandwidth is fixed depending on the frequency. For more information, see "Detectors and Dwell Time" on page 254. Detectors and Dwell Time The EMI measurement adds new detectors to those already available with the base unit.
  • Page 255 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Positive and negative peak detector The maximum and minimum peak detectors display the maximum and minimum signal level that was detected during the specified dwell time. The minimum and maximum peak detectors are already available with the base unit. Consider the following when defining the dwell time: ●...
  • Page 256 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Table 6-16: Required parameters depending on frequency for CISPR quasi-peak detector Band A Band B Band C/D Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to 30 MHz > 30 MHz Resolution bandwidth 200 Hz 9 kHz...
  • Page 257 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Unmodulated signals or signals with a high modulation frequency: the dwell time must cover at least the time until the first signal peak is measured; usually shorter than for pulsed signals RMS Average detector (CISPR filter only) The RMS Average detector is a combination of the RMS detector (for pulse repetition frequencies above a corner frequency) and the Average detector (for pulse repetition...
  • Page 258 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Because EMI measurements often cover a large frequency range, be sure to define an adequate number of sweep points, especially when performing the measurement on a logarithmic axis. As on a linear axis, the distance from one sweep point to the next is calculated graphically on a logarithmic axis, and is not based on the frequency itself.
  • Page 259 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results You can connect the LISN to the user port of the R&S FPL1000. Control cables for the various LISNs are available as accessories. The R&S FPL1000 then controls which phase of the LISN is to be tested and outputs the information to the user port.
  • Page 260 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The results of the initial peak search are shown in the Marker Table (see Chap- ter 6.2.14.2, "EMI Measurement Results", on page 251). Peak searches can be performed automatically or manually. Automatic peak search If enabled, the automatic peak search starts as soon as you select the EMI measure- ment and one or more markers are active.
  • Page 261 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Final Measurement at the Marker Position Finding peaks with the help of an initial marker peak search reduces data to be evalu- ated and thus measurement time. A final measurement with a special EMI detector can then refine the initial results.
  • Page 262 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For more information on using limit lines, see Chapter 6.11.2.1, "Basics on Limit Lines", on page 426. 6.2.14.4 EMI Measurement Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "EMI" > "EMI Config" On the R&S FPL1000, EMI measurement configuration consists of the following set- tings.
  • Page 263 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Assigning the Marker to a Trace................. 264 Final Test Detector...................... 264 Select Marker......................265 Selected Marker Marker name. The marker which is currently selected for editing is highlighted orange. Remote command: Marker selected via suffix <m>...
  • Page 264 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 833 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MREFerence Linking to Another Marker Links the current marker to the marker selected from the list of active markers. If the x- axis value of the initial marker is changed, the linked marker follows to the same posi- tion on the x-axis.
  • Page 265 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results "CISPR Aver- Determines a weighted average signal level according to CISPR age" 16-1-1. The average value according to CISPR 16-1-1 is the maximum value detected while calculating the linear average value during the speci- fied dwell time.

  • Page 266: Filter Type

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The detector to be used for the final EMI test can be defined differently for each fre- quency, thus the detector is configured in the EMI marker settings, see "Final Test Detector"...

  • Page 267: Rbw

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results is indicated in the channel setup info, next to the RBW information. For details, see "Resolution Bandwidth and Filter Types" on page 253. The RBW filter configured in the bandwidth settings is identical to the filter configured in the EMI configuration.

  • Page 268: Frequency Axis Scaling

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details, see "Detectors and Dwell Time" on page 254. Note: The trace detector configured in the trace settings is used for the initial peak search only, see Chapter 6.10.1.2, "Trace Settings", on page 398.

  • Page 269: Res Bw Cispr

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Res BW CISPR Automatically sets the measurement bandwidth for commercial EMC standards according to CISPR. For more information, see "Resolution Bandwidth and Filter Types" on page 253. Remote command: Filter type: on page 759 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE...
  • Page 270 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For more information, see "Controlling V-Networks (LISN)" on page 258. LISN Type........................270 Phase.......................... 270 150 kHz Highpass....................... 270 LISN Type Selects the network type and activates output to the network via the user port of the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 271 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For more information, see Chapter 6.9.4.7, "Demodulating Marker Values and Provid- ing Audio Output (Marker Demodulation)", on page 380. Limit lines General limit line functionality is provided by the R&S FPL1000 base unit. The base unit also provides various predefined limit lines that you can use for various applica- tions.
  • Page 272 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7. Define the dwell time for which each marker position is measured during the final measurement. 8. To obtain an overview of peak values in the input signal during the initial measure- ment, activate the "Auto Peak Search".
  • Page 273 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results b) In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the "View Filter" option: "Show Compati- ble". All limit lines that comply with the following conditions are displayed in the over- view: ●...
  • Page 274 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results A programming example demonstrating an EMI measurement in a remote environment is provided in Chapter 10.6.14.8, "Programming Example: EMI Measurement", on page 725. Preparing the measurement 1. Select [PRESET] . The R&S FPL1000 restores the default settings.
  • Page 275 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 10. Increase the number of sweep points for the EMI measurement. a) Select [SWEEP] on the front panel. b) Select the "Sweep Config" . c) Set the number of "Sweep Points" to 200000. 11.

  • Page 276: Receiving Data Input And Providing Data Output

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output If necessary, decrease the span to the area in which irregular values occurred and repeat the measurement. 6.2.14.8 Optimizing and Troubleshooting EMI Measurements If the results do not meet your expectations, try the following methods to optimize the measurement: Number of sweep points The resolution bandwidth should cover at least one sweep point (more is better).
  • Page 277 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output RF Input Protection The RF input connector of the R&S FPL1000 must be protected against signal levels that exceed the ranges specified in the data sheet. Therefore, the R&S FPL1000 is equipped with an overload protection mechanism.
  • Page 278 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Select 75 Ω if the 50 Ω input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Ω adapter of the RAZ type. (That corresponds to 25Ω in series to the input impe- dance of the instrument.) The correction value in this case is 1.76 dB = 10 log (75Ω/ 50Ω).
  • Page 279 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output ● Basics on Power Sensors..................279 ● Power Sensor Settings..................279 ● How to Work With a Power Sensor...............283 6.3.2.1 Basics on Power Sensors For precise power measurement, up to 4 power sensors can be connected to the instrument via the optional power sensor interface (on the rear panel) or the USB con- nectors.

  • Page 280: State

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output State..........................280 Continuous Value Update................... 280 Select.......................... 281 Zeroing Power Sensor....................281 Frequency Manual...................... 281 Frequency Coupling....................281 Unit/Scale........................281 Meas Time/Average....................282 Setting the Reference Level from the Measurement Meas -> Ref......

  • Page 281: Select

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Select Selects the individual power sensor for usage if power measurement is generally acti- vated (State function). The detected serial numbers of the power sensors connected to the instrument are provided in a selection list.

  • Page 282: Meas Time/Average

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: on page 789 UNIT<n>:PMETer<p>:POWer on page 789 UNIT<n>:PMETer<p>:POWer:RATio Meas Time/Average Selects the measurement time or switches to manual averaging mode. In general, results are more precise with longer measurement times. The following settings are recommended for different signal types to obtain stable and precise results: "Short"...

  • Page 283: Average Count (Number Of Readings)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Average Count (Number of Readings) Defines the number of readings (averages) to be performed after a single sweep has been started. This setting is only available if manual averaging is selected (Meas Time/ Average setting).
  • Page 284 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output To have newly connected power sensors assigned to a tab automatically (default), select "Auto". 5. Define the frequency of the signal whose power you want to measure. a) To define the frequency manually, select "Frequency Manual"...
  • Page 285 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output A corresponding message is displayed. 6.3.3 Internal (Tracking) Generator ● Basics on the Internal Generator................285 ● Internal Generator Settings................... 292 ● How to Work with the Tracking Generator............
  • Page 286 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Tracking generator The frequency of the internal generator can be coupled to the input frequency of the analyzer, so that the input signal for the DUT tracks (or follows) the input signal of the analyzer.
  • Page 287 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output As a result, the measured power levels at the RF input are displayed versus the provi- ded power levels of the internal generator output. This measurement is only available if the optional internal generator is installed (R&S FPL1-B9) and active, and only in the Spectrum application.
  • Page 288 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For details on determining compression points, see Chapter 6.2.3, "Power Sweep Measurements", on page 119. Calibration Mechanism A common measurement setup includes a signal generator, a device under test (DUT), and a signal and spectrum analyzer.
  • Page 289 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output The calibration can be performed using either transmission or reflection measure- ments. The selected type of measurement used to determine the reference trace is included in the reference dataset. Normalization Once the measurement setup has been calibrated and the reference trace is available, subsequent measurement results can be corrected according to the calibration factors,...
  • Page 290 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output reflect an attenuation or gain caused by the measured DUT (see also "Shifting the ref- erence line (and normalized trace)" on page 291). Restoring the calibration settings If the measurement settings no longer match the instrument settings with which the calibration was performed (indicated by the "APX"...
  • Page 291 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output The normalized reference trace (0 dB directly after calibration) is displayed on this ref- erence line, indicated by a red line in the diagram. By default, the reference line is dis- played at the top of the diagram (90% of the window height).
  • Page 292 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Overloading At a reference level of -13 dBm and at an internal generator output level of the same value, the R&S FPL1000 operates without overrange reserve. That means the R&S FPL1000 is in danger of being overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude is higher than the reference line.
  • Page 293 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The independent CW signal is available in all R&S FPL1000 applications if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. For details, see Chapter 6.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator",...
  • Page 294 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: on page 791 SOURce<si>:INTernal:FREQuency Tracking Generator Settings Access: Toolbar > "Generator Config" Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The tracking generator signal is only available for frequency sweeps in the Spectrum application, and only if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed.

  • Page 295: Usage

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Usage Determines the type of signal provided by the internal generator: ● "Independent CW source" on page 285: constant frequency and power level ● "Tracking generator" on page 286: constant power level, frequency follows ana- lyzer frequency (only available for frequency sweeps in the Spectrum application) ●...

  • Page 296: Calibrate Transmission

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Calibrate Transmission Starts a transmission type measurement to determine a reference trace. This trace is used to calculate the difference for the normalized values. Remote command: on page 794 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod Calibrate Reflection Short...

  • Page 297: Reference Value

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output The normalized trace (0 dB directly after calibration) is displayed on this reference line, indicated by a red line in the diagram. If you shift the reference line, the normalized trace is shifted, as well.
  • Page 298 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output The power sweep signal is currently only available in the Spectrum application, and only if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. For details, see Chapter 6.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator", on page 285.
  • Page 299 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Level Offset Defines an offset to the output power of the internal generator. Used to adapt the level display, for example to cable loss. Remote command: on page 791 SOURce<si>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet PS Frequency...
  • Page 300 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 6.3.3.3 How to Work with the Tracking Generator The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to work with the optional tracking generator. For remote operation, see "Programming Example for a Tracking Generator"...
  • Page 301 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 3. Select [Setup] > "Transducer". 4. Select the stored transducer in the list of available transducers and select the "Active" setting for it. 5. Perform any measurement with the setup that contains the calibrated component. The measurement results do not include the effects from the component.
  • Page 302 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Data Output.........................302 Noise Source Control....................302 Data Output Defines the type of signal available at one of the output connectors of the R&S FPL1000. This connector is only available if the R&S FPL1-B5 option is installed. "IF"...

  • Page 303: Frequency And Span Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration In this case, you can first connect an external noise source (whose noise power level is known in advance) to the R&S FPL1000 and measure the total noise power. From this value you can determine the noise power of the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 304 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration The "Center Frequency Stepsize" also defines the step size by which the value is increased or decreased when you use the rotary knob to change the center frequency; however, the rotary knob moves in steps of only 1/10 of the "Center Frequency Stepsize"...

  • Page 305: Span

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration "Auto Settings" are described in Chapter 6.8, "Adjusting Settings Automatically", on page 346. Signal Tracking is described in Chapter 6.4.3, "Keeping the Center Frequency Stable - Signal Tracking", on page 308.

  • Page 306: Stop

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration and span are specified in the data sheet. For more information see Chapter 6.4.1.1, "Defining the Scope of the Measurement - Frequency Range", on page 303. Remote command: on page 752 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN Start / Stop...

  • Page 307: Last Span

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration Last Span Sets the span to the previous value. With this function you can switch between an overview measurement and a detailed measurement quickly. Remote command: on page 752 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN Center Frequency Stepsize Defines the step size by which the center frequency is increased or decreased when...
  • Page 308 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration A frequency offset can be used to correct the display of a signal that is slightly distorted by the measurement setup, for example. The allowed values range from -1 THz to 1 THz. The default setting is 0 Hz. Remote command: on page 752 [SENSe:]FREQuency:OFFSet...
  • Page 309 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration If activated, after each sweep, the center frequency is set to the maximum level of the specified "Signal Track Trace" found within the searched "Tracking Bandwidth". If the signal level does not pass the "Tracking Threshold", the center frequency is not changed.

  • Page 310: Amplitude And Vertical Axis Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration quency or marker value. To move from one harmonic to the next, use the center frequency or marker value. 2. Select the "Center Frequency" dialog field. 3. Use the arrow keys to move the center frequency in discrete steps through the available frequency range.
  • Page 311 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration The optimum reference level for the current measurement settings can be set automat- ically by the R&S FPL1000 (see "Reference Level" on page 313). The reference level determines the amplitude represented by the topmost grid line in the display.
  • Page 312 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration 6.5.1.2 RF Attenuation The attenuation is meant to protect the input mixer from high RF input levels. The level at the input mixer is determined by the set RF attenuation according to the formula: "level = level –...

  • Page 313: Reference Level

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration level. Relative values are indicated in percent for linear scaling, and in dB for logarith- mic scaling. 6.5.2 Amplitude Settings Access: "Overview" > "Amplitude" Amplitude settings determine how the R&S FPL1000 must process or display the expected input power levels.

  • Page 314: Shifting The Display (Offset)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration The reference level can also be used to scale power diagrams; the reference level is then used for the calculation of the maximum on the y-axis. Since the hardware of the R&S FPL1000 is adapted according to this value, it is rec- ommended that you set the reference level close above the expected maximum signal level.

  • Page 315: Level)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration ● dBµV/mMHz (normalized to 1 MHz) (only available for active transducers with dBµV/m values) ● dBµA/MHz (normalized to 1 MHz) ● dBµA/mMHz (normalized to 1 MHz) (only available for active transducers with dBµA/m values) ●...

  • Page 316: Preamplifier

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration For GSM and Avionics measurements, the impedance is always 50 Ω and cannot be changed. Select 75 Ω if the 50 Ω input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Ω...
  • Page 317 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Range..........................317 Ref Level Position....................... 317 Auto Scale Once......................318 Scaling........................318 Range Defines the displayed y-axis range in dB. The default value is 100 dB. Remote command: on page 769 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe] Ref Level Position...
  • Page 318 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Auto Scale Once Automatically determines the optimal range and reference level position to be dis- played for the current measurement settings. The display is only set once; it is not adapted further if the measurement settings are changed again.

  • Page 319: Bandwidth, Filter And Sweep Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 5. To detect a spurious signal close to the noise floor: ● Set the "RF Attenuation" to "Manual" mode and reduce the "Value" to lower the noise floor. ●...

  • Page 320: Bandwidth

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 6.6.1.1 Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth The resolution bandwidth defines the 3 dB bandwidth of the resolution filter to be used. An RF sinusoidal signal is displayed according to the passband characteristic of the resolution filter (RBW), i.e.

  • Page 321: Coupling Vbw And Rbw

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration The level of a sine wave signal is not influenced by the video bandwidth. A sine wave signal can therefore be freed from noise by using a video bandwidth that is small com- pared with the resolution bandwidth, and thus be measured more accurately.
  • Page 322 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration A higher span/RBW ratio (i.e. low RBW values and large frequency spans), however, results in large amounts of data. 6.6.1.5 How Data is Measured: the Sweep Type In a standard analog frequency sweep, the local oscillator of the analyzer sweeps the applied signal quasi analog from the start to the stop frequency to determine the fre- quency spectrum.
  • Page 323 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Number of subspans Several analysis steps are required to cover the entire span, in particular if the span exceeds the maximum I/Q bandwidth for a single measurement. In this case, each FFT analysis covers a subspan.
  • Page 324 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration The "Sweep Time" can be coupled to the span (not zero span), video bandwidth (VBW) and resolution bandwidth (RBW) automatically. If the span, resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth is changed, the "Sweep Time" is automatically adjusted. Note that the "Sweep Time"...
  • Page 325 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 10.8.2, "Configuring Bandwidth and Sweep Settings", on page 758. How to perform a basic sweep measurement is described in Chapter 6.2.1.2, "How to Perform a Basic Sweep Measurement",...
  • Page 326 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Figure 6-44: Sweep dialog box for spectrogram display RBW..........................327 VBW..........................327 Sweep Time ....................... 327 Span/RBW........................328 RBW/VBW........................328 Filter Type........................328 Default Coupling......................329 Sweep/Average Count....................329 Sweep Points......................
  • Page 327 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Defines the resolution bandwidth. The available resolution bandwidths are specified in the data sheet. Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible bandwidth. If "Auto" is selected, the resolution bandwidth is coupled to the selected span (for span >...
  • Page 328 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration "Manual" For manual mode, define the "Sweep Time" . Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW. For details refer to the data sheet.

  • Page 329: Count

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration ● MIL Std (6 dB) - requires EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) option For more information, see Chapter 6.6.1.6, "Which Data May Pass: Filter Types", on page 323. Note: The EMI-specific filter types are available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measure- ment option is installed, even if EMI measurement is not active.
  • Page 330 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration All values from 101 to 100001 can be set. The default value is 1001 sweep points. For EMI measurements, 200001 sweep points are available. Remote command: on page 764 [SENSe:]SWEep[:WINDow<n>]:POINts Optimization In FFT mode, several FFT analysis steps are required to cover the entire measurement...
  • Page 331 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Single Sweep / Run Single After triggering, starts the number of sweeps set in "Sweep Count". The measurement stops after the defined number of sweeps has been performed. While the measurement is running, the "Single Sweep"...
  • Page 332 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Remote command: on page 615 INITiate<n>:CONMeas Spectrogram Frames These settings are only available if spectrogram display is active. For more information see Chapter 6.10.2.3, "How to Display and Configure a Spectro- gram", on page 418.
  • Page 333 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 6.6.3 Reference: List of Available RRC and Channel Filters For power measurement a number of especially steep-edged channel filters are availa- ble (see the following table). The indicated filter bandwidth is the 3-dB bandwidth. The available Gaussian 3 dB sweep filters are listed in the R&S FPL1000 data sheet.

  • Page 334: Trigger And Gate Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 100 kHz CFILter 150 kHz CFILter FM Radio 192 kHz CFILter 200 kHz CFILter 300 kHz CFILter 500 kHz CFILter J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA); RF ID 14333 1 MHz CFILter CDMAone...
  • Page 335 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration For complex tasks, advanced trigger settings are available: ● Hysteresis to avoid unwanted trigger events caused by noise ● Holdoff to define exactly which trigger event will cause the trigger in a jittering sig- ●...
  • Page 336 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Example: In the following example, the second possible trigger event on the rising edge is ignored as the signal does not drop below the hysteresis (threshold) before it reaches the trigger level again.
  • Page 337 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Drop-out times for falling edge triggers If a trigger is set to a falling edge ("Slope" = "Falling", see "Slope" on page 342) the measurement is to start when the power level falls below a certain level. This is useful, for example, to trigger at the end of a burst, similar to triggering on the rising edge for the beginning of a burst.
  • Page 338 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 6.7.1.2 Trigger Settings Access: "Overview" > "Trigger/Gate" External triggers from one of the TRIGGER INPUT / OUTPUT connectors on the R&S FPL1000 are configured in a separate tab of the dialog box. For step-by-step instructions on configuring triggered measurements, see Chap- ter 6.7.1.4, "How to Configure a Triggered...
  • Page 339 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration The trigger and gate settings are applied to the measurement when the dialog box is closed. Note: The zero span settings refer only to the preview diagram. The main diagram remains unchanged.
  • Page 340 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration External Trigger 1 ← Trigger Source Data acquisition starts when the TTL signal fed into the trigger input connector of the R&S FPL1000 meets or exceeds the specified trigger level. (See "Trigger Level"...
  • Page 341 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Remote command: TRIG:SOUR TIME, see on page 774 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce Trigger Level Defines the trigger level for the specified trigger source. For gated measurements, this setting also defines the gate level. For details on supported trigger levels, see the instrument data sheet.
  • Page 342 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration This setting is only available for "IF Power" trigger sources. The range of the value is between 3 dB and 50 dB with a step width of 1 dB. For more information, see "Trigger Hysteresis"...
  • Page 343 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 6.7.1.4 How to Configure a Triggered Measurement To define a time trigger: 1. In the "Trigger And Gate" dialog box, define the "Trigger Source" = "Time". 2. Define the "Repetition Interval": the time after which a new measurement is started. To define an external trigger: 1.
  • Page 344 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Gates can be used in two different modes: ● Level: The gate opens and the measurement starts when a defined level in the gate source is exceeded and stops when the gate source drops below the "Gate Level".
  • Page 345 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Remote command: on page 776 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe Gate Mode Sets the gate mode. For more information see Chapter 6.7.2.1, "Gated Measurements", on page 343 Remote command: on page 778 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE Gate Delay Defines the delay time between the gate signal and the continuation of the measure-...

  • Page 346: Adjusting Settings Automatically

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Adjusting Settings Automatically b) Define the time to measure for each gate: "Gate Length". 4. To open the gate with a time delay, for example to ignore an overshoot, define a "Gate Delay". 5.
  • Page 347 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Adjusting Settings Automatically Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically (Auto All)........347 Adjusting the Center Frequency Automatically (Auto Frequency)......347 Setting the Reference Level Automatically (Auto Level)..........347 Resetting the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Auto)........348 Changing the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Manual)......

  • Page 348: Marker Usage

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Resetting the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Auto) Resets the measurement duration for automatic settings to the default value. (Spectrum application: 1 ms) Remote command: on page 754 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:LEVel:DURation:MODE Changing the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Manual) This function allows you to change the measurement duration for automatic setting adjustments.
  • Page 349 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Markers in Spectrogram Displays In the spectrogram result display, you can activate up to 16 markers or delta markers at the same time. Each marker can be assigned to a different frame. Therefore, in addition to the frequency you also define the frame number when activating a new marker.
  • Page 350 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage marker more precisely, change the step size to move from one sweep point to the next (General Marker Setting). ● You can also set an active marker to a new position by defining its x-position numerically.
  • Page 351 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage next marker to be activated is set to the frequency of the next lower level (next peak) as a delta marker; its value is indicated as an offset to marker 1. A marker can only be activated when at least one trace in the corresponding window is visible.
  • Page 352 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Type Marker type: N (normal), D (delta), T (temporary, internal) and number Reference marker for delta markers Trace to which the marker is assigned Frame Spectrogram frame the marker is positioned in. Displayed only when the Spectro- gram is displayed.
  • Page 353 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage The markers are distributed among 3 tabs for a better overview. By default, the first marker is defined as a normal marker, whereas all others are defined as delta markers with reference to the first marker.
  • Page 354 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage "Normal" A normal marker indicates the absolute value at the defined position in the diagram. "Delta" A delta marker defines the value of the marker relative to the speci- fied reference marker (marker 1 by default). Remote command: on page 836 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe]...
  • Page 355 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 836 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] on page 834 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] All Markers Off Deactivates all markers in one step. Remote command: on page 835 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:AOFF 6.9.2.2 General Marker Settings Some general marker settings allow you to influence the marker behavior for all mark- ers.
  • Page 356 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Marker Table Display....................356 Marker Info........................356 Marker Stepsize......................357 Defining a Fixed Reference..................357 Marker Table Display Defines how the marker information is displayed. "On" Displays the marker information in a table in a separate area beneath the diagram.
  • Page 357 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 838 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:MINFo[:STATe] Marker Stepsize Defines the size of the steps that the marker position is moved using the rotary knob. "Standard" The marker position is moved in steps of (Span/1000), which corre- sponds approximately to the number of pixels for the default display of 1001 sweep points.
  • Page 358 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage on page 861 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK] on page 860 6.9.3 Marker Search Settings and Positioning Functions Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker" > "Search" or: [MKR TO] Several functions are available to set the marker to a specific position very quickly and easily, or to use the current marker position to define another characteristic value.
  • Page 359 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Search Mode for Next Peak..................359 Exclude LO........................359 Peak Excursion......................360 Auto Max Peak Search / Auto Min Peak Search............360 Search Limits......................360 └ Search Limits (Left / Right)................360 └...
  • Page 360 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 839 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:LOEXclude Peak Excursion Defines the minimum level value by which a signal must rise or fall so that it is identi- fied as a maximum or a minimum by the search functions. Entries from 0 dB to 80 dB are allowed;...
  • Page 361 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 841 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:ZOOM[:STATe] Deactivating All Search Limits ← Search Limits Deactivates the search range limits. Remote command: on page 840 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] on page 842 CALCulate<n>:THReshold:STATe 6.9.3.2 Marker Search Settings for Spectrograms Access: "Overview"...
  • Page 362 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage └ Search Threshold..................364 └ Use Zoom Limits................... 364 └ Deactivating All Search Limits..............364 Search Mode for Next Peak in X-Direction Selects the search mode for the next peak search within the currently selected frame. "Left"...
  • Page 363 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage "XY-Search" Searches in all frames at all positions. Remote command: Defined by the search function, see Chapter 10.8.8.6, "Marker Search (Spectro- grams)", on page 851 Marker Search Area Defines which frames the search is performed in. "Visible"...
  • Page 364 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Search Limits The search results can be restricted by limiting the search area or adding search con- ditions. Search Limits (Left / Right) ← Search Limits If activated, limit lines are defined and displayed for the search. Only results within the limited search range are considered.
  • Page 365 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Peak Search Sets the selected marker/delta marker to the maximum of the trace. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated. For spectrogram displays, define which frame the peak is to be searched in. Remote command: on page 844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum[:PEAK]...
  • Page 366 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 749 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CENTer Reference Level = Marker Level Sets the reference level to the selected marker level. Remote command: on page 766 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:REFerence 6.9.4 Marker (Measurement) Functions Access: "Overview"...
  • Page 367 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage 6.9.4.1 Precise Frequency (Signal Count) Marker Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Select Marker Function" > "Signal Count" > "Signal Count Config" Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Signal Count" > "Signal Count Config" The frequency count marker is not available if the tracking generator is active (see "Tracking Generator Settings"...
  • Page 368 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage on page 879 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:RESolution Signal Count Marker State..................368 Resolution........................368 Signal Count Marker State Activates or deactivates the special signal count marker function. When activated, the sweep stops at the reference marker until the signal counter has delivered a result.
  • Page 369 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage In the default setting, the R&S FPL1000 uses the sample detector for the noise function. With the sample detector, you can set the trace to "Average" mode to sta- bilize the measured values. When the RMS detector is used, trace averaging pro- duces noise levels that are too low and cannot be corrected.
  • Page 370 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote commands: "Example: Measuring Noise Density" on page 886 on page 867 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NOISe[:STATe] on page 866 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult? Marker State........................370 Marker Type........................ 370 Noise Measurement State...................371 Switching All Noise Measurement Off................. 371 Marker State Activates or deactivates the marker in the diagram.
  • Page 371 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Note: If normal marker 1 is the active marker, switching the "Mkr Type" activates an additional delta marker 1. For any other marker, switching the marker type does not activate an additional marker, it only switches the type of the selected marker. "Normal"...
  • Page 372 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Alternatively, the reference point can be determined automatically by a peak search after each sweep. This function can be used to track a drifting source during a phase noise measurement. The delta marker 2, which shows the phase noise measurement result, keeps the delta frequency value.
  • Page 373 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote commands: on page 870 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 869 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? Phase Noise Measurement State................373 Defining Reference Point.................... 374 Switching All Phase Noise Measurements Off............374 Phase Noise Measurement State Activates or deactivates phase noise measurement for the reference point in the dia- gram.
  • Page 374 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage If activated, the delta markers display the phase noise measured at defined offsets from the reference position. Remote command: on page 869 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 868 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? Defining Reference Point Instead of using marker 1 as the reference marker, a fixed reference marker can be defined for phase noise measurement.
  • Page 375 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Figure 6-49: n dB down marker function The following marker function results are displayed: Table 6-24: n dB down marker function results Label Description Current position and level of marker 1 Offset value (n dB down) ndB down Bw / Determined bandwidth or pulse width (zero span) at the offset...
  • Page 376 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage on page 876 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? n dB down Marker State....................376 n dB down Value......................376 n dB down Marker State Activates or deactivates the special n dB down marker function. Remote command: on page 876 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe on page 876...
  • Page 377 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage You can move the position of the fixed reference marker graphically by dragging the display lines, or numerically by entering values for the marker position and level. Remote commands: "Example: Using a Fixed Reference Marker" on page 885 on page 862 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]...
  • Page 378 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Relative band power markers The results for band power markers which are defined as delta markers and thus have a reference value can also be calculated as reference power values (in dB). In this case, the result of the band power deltamarker is the difference between the absolute power in the band around the delta marker and the absolute power for the ref- erence marker.
  • Page 379 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage If the detector mode for the marker trace is set to "Auto", the RMS detector is used. The individual marker settings correspond to those defined in the "Marker" dialog box (see Chapter 6.9.2.1, "Individual Marker Setup",...
  • Page 380 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Span Defines the span (band) around the marker for which the power is measured. The span is indicated by lines in the diagram. You can easily change the span by mov- ing the limit lines in the diagram.
  • Page 381 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage the audio output. Thus, a displayed signal can be identified acoustically with the help of the internal loudspeaker or with headphones. This function requires the optional additional interfaces (R&S FPL1000-B5). This function is not available for Spectrum Emission Mask measurements or measure- ments on I/Q-based data.
  • Page 382 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 881 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] Continuous Demodulation If activated, the signal is demodulated continuously and sent to the audio output, instead of stopping the sweep at the marker frequency of marker 1 and demodulating there for the configured marker stop time.
  • Page 383 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 801 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume 6.9.4.8 Marker Peak List Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Marker Peak List" Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Marker Peak List" A common measurement task is to determine peak values, i.e.
  • Page 384 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Figure 6-50: Trace example The following table lists the peaks as indicated by the marker numbers in the diagram above, as well as the minimum decrease in amplitude to either side of the peak: Marker # Min.
  • Page 385 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote commands: "Example: Obtaining a Marker Peak List" on page 886 on page 865 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:STATe TRAC? LIST, see on page 823 TRACe<n>[:DATA] Peak List State......................385 Sort Mode........................385 Maximum Number of Peaks..................386 Peak Excursion......................
  • Page 386 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 864 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT Maximum Number of Peaks Defines the maximum number of peaks to be determined and displayed. Remote command: on page 864 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:LIST:SIZE Peak Excursion Defines the minimum level value by which a signal must rise or fall so that it is identi- fied as a maximum or a minimum by the search functions.
  • Page 387 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: 6.9.5 How to Work With Markers The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate in detail how to work with markers. ● How to Analyze a Signal Point in Detail..............387 ●...
  • Page 388 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage A vertical and a horizontal red display line are displayed, marked as "FXD". The normal marker 1 is activated and set to the peak value of the trace assigned to marker 1, and a delta marker to the next peak.
  • Page 389 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage The marker is positioned on the trace maximum. 6. Set the measured signal frequency and the measured level as reference values: a) Press the [MKR FUNC] key b) Press the "Reference Fixed" softkey. The position of the marker becomes the reference point.

  • Page 390: Trace Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 6.10 Trace Configuration A trace is a collection of measured data points. The trace settings determine how the measured data is analyzed and displayed on the screen. ● Standard Traces....................390 ●...
  • Page 391 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration The detector activated for the specific trace is indicated in the corresponding trace information by an abbreviation. Table 6-25: Detector types Detector Abbrev. Description Positive Peak Determines the largest of all positive peak values of the levels measured at the individual frequencies which are displayed in one sample point Negative Peak Determines the smallest of all negative peak values of the levels measured at...
  • Page 392 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Detector Abbrev. Description CISPR Aver- CISPR The CISPR Average detector displays a weighted average signal level accord- age detector ing to CISPR 16-1-1. The average value according to CISPR 16-1-1 is the maximum value detected while calculating the linear average value during the specified dwell time.
  • Page 393 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Auto detector If the R&S FPL1000 is set to define the appropriate detector automatically, the detector is set depending on the selected trace mode: Trace mode Detector Clear Write Auto Peak Max Hold Positive Peak Min Hold...
  • Page 394 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Measurement point n Meas. point n+1 video video Video signal signal Signal s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 Using the bin-centered method, the first and last x-values of the trace are not identical to the exact starting and end point of the measurement span.
  • Page 395 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Analyzing Several Traces - Trace Mode If several sweep are performed one after the other, or continuous sweep are per- formed, the trace mode determines how the data for subsequent traces is processed. After each sweep, the trace mode determines whether: ●...
  • Page 396 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration If you change any parameters that affect the scaling of the diagram axes, the R&S FPL1000 automatically adapts the trace data to the changed display range. This allows you to zoom into the diagram after the measurement to show details of the trace.
  • Page 397 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration After the selected number of sweeps, the average trace is saved in the trace mem- ory. Until this number of sweeps is reached, a preliminary average is displayed. When the averaging length defined by the "Sweep Count" is attained, averaging is continued in continuous sweep mode or for "Continue Single Sweep"...
  • Page 398 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Figure 6-54: Sample size included in trace smoothing Effects of smoothing on post-processing functions Note that in Spectrum mode, all functions performed after the sweep, such as limit checks, markers, or channel power measurements, are based on the smoothed trace data.
  • Page 399 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6............399 Trace Mode......................... 399 Detector........................400 Hold..........................401 Smoothing........................401 Average Mode......................401 Average Count......................402 Predefined Trace Settings - Quick Config..............402 Trace 1/ Trace 2/ Trace 3/ Trace 4 (Softkeys).............403 Copy Trace........................403...
  • Page 400 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration "Max Hold" The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and dis- played. The R&S FPL1000 saves each trace point in the trace mem- ory only if the new value is greater than the previous one. The "Detector"...
  • Page 401 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Remote command: on page 810 [SENSe:][WINDow<n>:]DETector<t>[:FUNCtion] on page 811 [SENSe:][WINDow<n>:]DETector<t>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO Hold If activated, traces in "Min Hold", "Max Hold" and "Average" mode are not reset after specific parameter changes have been made. Normally, the measurement is started again after parameter changes, before the mea- surement results are analyzed (e.g.
  • Page 402 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration "Power" Activates linear power averaging. The power level values are converted into unit Watt prior to averag- ing. After the averaging, the data is converted back into its original unit. Use this mode to average power values in Volts or Amperes correctly.
  • Page 403 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Function Trace Settings Trace 3: Min Hold Auto Detector (Negative Peak) Traces 4-6: Blank Auto Detector Trace 1/ Trace 2/ Trace 3/ Trace 4 (Softkeys) Displays the "Traces" settings and focuses the "Mode" list for the selected trace. For details see Chapter 6.10.1.3, "How to Configure a Standard Trace",...
  • Page 404 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 3. For "Average" trace mode, define the number of sweeps to be averaged in the "Count:" field. 4. If linear scaling is used, select the "Average Mode": "Linear". 5. To improve the trace stability, increase the number of "Sweep Points" or the "Sweep Time"...
  • Page 405 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Example: In this example, you see the spectrogram for the calibration signal of the R&S FPL1000, compared to the standard spectrum display. Since the signal does not change over time, the color of the frequency levels does not change over time, i.e. ver- tically.
  • Page 406 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 4 = Marker 5 = Delta marker 6 = Color map 7 = Timestamp / frame number 8 = Current frame indicator For more information about spectrogram configuration, see Chapter 6.10.2.2, "Spectro- gram Settings", on page 413.
  • Page 407 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Sweep Points Max. History Depth 8.001 3124 16.001 1562 32.001 The scaling of the time axis (y-axis) is not configurable. However, you can enlarge the spectrogram display by maximizing the window using the "Split/Maximize" key. Frame analysis - Frame count vs.
  • Page 408 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration The current frame number is indicated in the diagram footer, or alternatively a time- stamp, if activated. The current frame, displayed at the top of the diagram, is frame number 0. Older frames further down in the diagram are indicated by a negative index, e.g."-10".
  • Page 409 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Figure 6-56: Three-dimensional spectrogram The number of frames displayed on the time (y-)axis is user-definable, whereas for 2- dimensional spectrograms, the number of frames is determined automatically accord- ing to the size of the window. All other spectrogram settings are identical for 3-dimen- sional and 2-dimensional spectrograms.
  • Page 410 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Table 6-28: Effect of rotating the spectrogram in three dimensions Rotation to the left > focus on Rotation down > focus on fre- Rotation to the right > focus on frame quency and frame frequency...
  • Page 411 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Uses a color range from red to blue. Red colors indicate low levels, blue colors indicate high ones. The "Cold" color scheme is the inverse "Hot" color scheme. ● Radar Uses a color range from black over green to light turquoise with shades of green in between.
  • Page 412 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Example: In the color map based on the linear color curve, the range from -100 dBm to -60 dBm is covered by blue and a few shades of green only. The range from -60 dBm to -20 dBm is covered by red, yellow and a few shades of green.
  • Page 413 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Figure 6-58: Spectrogram with non-linear color curve (shape = -0.5) 6.10.2.2 Spectrogram Settings Access: [TRACE] > "Spectrogram Config" The individual settings available for spectrogram display are described here. For set- tings on color mapping, see "Color Map Settings"...
  • Page 414 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration State..........................414 3D Spectrogram State....................414 Select Frame.......................415 History Depth......................415 3-D Display Depth....................... 415 Time Stamp......................... 415 Color Mapping......................415 Continuous Sweep / Run Cont..................415 Single Sweep / Run Single..................416 Clear Spectrogram...................... 416 State Activates and deactivates a Spectrogram subwindow.
  • Page 415 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Remote command: on page 816 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] Select Frame Selects a specific frame, loads the corresponding trace from the memory, and displays it in the Spectrum window. Note that activating a marker or changing the position of the active marker automati- cally selects the frame that belongs to that marker.
  • Page 416 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Note: Sequencer. If the Sequencer is active, the "Continuous Sweep" softkey only con- trols the sweep mode for the currently selected channel setup. However, the sweep mode only takes effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel setup, and only for a channel-defined sequence.
  • Page 417 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration In addition to the available color settings, the dialog box displays the current color map and provides a preview of the display with the current settings. Figure 6-59: Color Mapping dialog box = Color map: shows the current color distribution = Preview pane: shows a preview of the spectrogram with any changes that you make to the color scheme...
  • Page 418 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration ">0 to 1" More colors are distributed among the higher values Remote command: on page 818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe Hot/Cold/Radar/Grayscale Sets the color scheme for the spectrogram. Remote command: on page 819 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor[:STYLe] Auto Defines the color range automatically according to the existing measured values for...
  • Page 419 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 4. To display the spectrum diagram for a specific time frame: a) Stop the continuous measurement or wait until the single sweep is completed. b) Select the frame number in the diagram footer. c) Enter the required frame number in the edit dialog box.
  • Page 420 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 4. If necessary, adapt the color mapping for the spectrogram to a different value range or color scheme as described in "How to Configure the Color Mapping" on page 420. How to Configure the Color Mapping The color display is highly configurable to adapt the spectrogram to your needs.
  • Page 421 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration To set the value range of the color map numerically 1. In the "Start" field, enter the percentage from the left border of the histogram that marks the beginning of the value range. 2.
  • Page 422 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration To set the color curve shape graphically using the slider ► Select and drag the color curve shape slider (indicated by a gray box in the middle of the color curve) to the left or right. The area beneath the slider is focused, i.e. more colors are distributed there.
  • Page 423 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Trace Math Function....................423 Trace Math Off......................423 Trace Math Position....................423 Trace Math Mode......................423 Trace Math Function Defines which trace is subtracted from trace 1. The result is displayed in trace 1. The result refers to the zero point defined with the Trace Math Position setting.

  • Page 424: Display And Limit Lines

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines "Lin" Activates linear subtraction, which means that the power level values are converted into linear units prior to subtraction. After the subtrac- tion, the data is converted back into its original unit. This setting takes effect if the grid is set to a linear scale.
  • Page 425 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines time (zero span), as well as constant level values. It is not possible to check automati- cally whether the points are below or above the marked level values - use limit lines for that task (see Chapter 6.11.2.1, "Basics on Limit Lines",...
  • Page 426 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Vertical Line <x> Activates a vertical display line in the diagram at the specified point of the x-axis, depending on the scale of the axis. Remote command: on page 892 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl>...
  • Page 427 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines tolerance band. The lower and upper limits may each be specified by a limit line. Then, the amplitude curve can be controlled either visually or automatically for any violations of the upper or lower limits (GO/NOGO test).
  • Page 428 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Figure 6-60: Example for an upper limit line Limits and Margins Limit lines define strict values that must not be exceeded by the measured signal. A margin is similar to a limit, but less strict and it still belongs to the valid data range. It can be used as a warning that the limit is almost reached.
  • Page 429 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Offsets and Shifting A configured limit line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Two different methods to do so are available: ● An offset moves the entire line in the diagram without editing the configured values or positions of the individual data points.
  • Page 430 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Figure 6-61: Margin violation for limit check Figure 6-62: Limit violation for limit check User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...
  • Page 431 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Storing and Recalling Limit Lines Limit lines can be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time (seeChapter 7.2, "Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data", on page 464).
  • Page 432 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines For the limit line overview, the R&S FPL1000 searches for all stored limit lines with the file extension .LIN in the limits subfolder of the main installation folder. The over- view allows you to determine which limit lines are available and can be used for the current measurement.
  • Page 433 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Unit The unit in which the y-values of the data points of the limit line are defined. Compatibility Indicates whether the limit line definition is compatible with the current measurement settings.
  • Page 434 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines This setting does not have any effect on limit lines that are defined by absolute values for the x-axis. Remote command: on page 896 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol:OFFSet Y-Offset Shifts a limit line that has relative values for the y-axis (levels or linear units such as volt) vertically.
  • Page 435 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Name...........................435 Comment........................435 Threshold........................435 Margin......................... 436 X-Axis..........................436 Y-Axis.......................... 436 Data Points........................436 Insert Value......................... 437 Delete Value........................437 Shift x.......................... 437 Shift y.......................... 437 Save..........................437 Import.......................... 437 └ File Explorer....................437 Export..........................437 └...
  • Page 436 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines For details on thresholds see "Thresholds" on page 428. Remote command: on page 900 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer:THReshold on page 904 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:THReshold Margin Defines a margin for the limit line. The default setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin). For details on margins see "Limits and Margins"...
  • Page 437 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Remote command: on page 895 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol[:DATA] on page 897 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer[:DATA] on page 901 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer[:DATA] Insert Value Inserts a data point in the limit line above the selected one in the "Edit Limit Line" dia- log box.
  • Page 438 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines For details on the file format see Chapter 6.11.2.4, "Reference: Limit Line File Format", on page 442. The limit line can be imported again later by the R&S FPL1000 for use in other mea- surements.
  • Page 439 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines How to activate and deactivate a limit check A limit check is automatically performed as soon as any of the limit lines is activated. 1. To activate a limit check: Select the "Check Traces"...
  • Page 440 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines How to configure a new limit line 1. In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the "New" button. The "Edit Limit Line" dialog box is displayed. The current line configuration is dis- played in the preview area of the dialog box.
  • Page 441 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines How to move the limit line vertically or horizontally A configured limit line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Thus, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing limit line which has been shifted horizontally.
  • Page 442 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines 2. Select the "New" or "Edit" button. 3. Select "Import" to load a limit line from a file. You are asked whether you would like to save the current configuration on the R&S FPL1000 first.

  • Page 443: Zoomed Displays

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays File contents Description XAxisUnit;FREQ_HZ Unit of x values XAxisScaleMode;ABSOLUTE Scaling of x-axis (absolute or relative) YAxisUnit;LEVEL_DB Unit of y values YAxisScaleMode;ABSOLUTE Scaling of y-axis (absolute or relative) NoOfPoints;5 Number of points the line is defined by Data section for individual data points -4500000000;-50 x- and y-values of each data point defining the line...
  • Page 444 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays the display are replaced by permanent changes to the measurement settings with the same effect. Example: Assume you have a spectrum display from a spurious emission measurement. You graphically zoom into the area around a detected spur. If you now activate a measure- ment zoom, the reference level, the center frequency, the frequency span, and the scaling settings are adapted so that the results of the measurement now indicate only the formerly zoomed area around the detected spur.
  • Page 445 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays Figure 6-64: Multiple zoom Using the zoom area to restrict a peak search The selected zoom area can be used to restrict the search range for a peak search, but only in single zoom mode (see "Use Zoom Limits"...
  • Page 446 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays Multi-Zoom In multiple zoom mode, you can enlarge several different areas of the trace simultane- ously. An overview window indicates the zoom areas in the original trace, while the zoomed trace areas are displayed in individual windows. The zoom area that corre- sponds to the individual zoom display is indicated in the lower right corner, between the scrollbars.
  • Page 447 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays X-Lock ← Measurement Zoom If activated, the x-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures. Y-Lock ← Measurement Zoom If activated, the y-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures.
  • Page 448 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays Click on the "Single Zoom" icon in the toolbar. Zoom mode is activated. 2. Tap and drag your finger in the diagram to select the area to be enlarged. The selected area is indicated by a dotted rectangle.
  • Page 449 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays When you have completed your selection, the original trace is shown in an over- view diagram with the selected area indicated by a dotted rectangle. The zoomed trace area is displayed in a separate window (see Figure 6-64.

  • Page 450: Importing And Exporting Measurement Results For Evaluation

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation ● Stretch two fingers in the diagram to enlarge the area between them. ● Tap and drag one finger in the diagram to select the area to be enlarged. The selected area is indicated by a dotted rectangle.
  • Page 451 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Trace Mode The trace mode for the imported traces is set to "View" so that the data is not overwrit- ten immediately during the next sweep. Other trace settings remain unchanged. Thus, the displayed trace may not comply with the displayed trace settings in the channel bar.
  • Page 452 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Importing spectrogram traces Trace data can also be imported to an active Spectrogram result display. Note the following differences that apply in this case: ● The measurement must be stopped before import.
  • Page 453 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation └ Decimal Separator..................455 └ File Explorer....................455 Importing Traces......................455 └ Import All Traces/Import to Trace..............455 └ Import ASCII File to Trace................455 └ File Explorer..................455 Export all Traces and all Table Results Selects all displayed traces and result tables (e.g.
  • Page 454 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Export Trace to ASCII File Saves the selected trace or all traces in the currently active result display to the speci- fied file and directory in the selected ASCII format. "File Explorer": Instead of using the file manager of the R&S FPL1000 firmware, you can also use the Microsoft Windows File Explorer to manage files.
  • Page 455 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Depending on the external program in which the data file was created or is evaluated, a comma-separated list (CSV) or a plain data format (DAT) file is required. Remote command: on page 826 FORMat:DEXPort:FORMat...
  • Page 456 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 6.13.3 How to Import Traces Trace data that was stored during a previous measurement can be imported to the Spectrum application, for example as a reference trace. To import trace data 1.
  • Page 457 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 6.13.5 How to Export a Peak List You can save the results of a marker peak list to an ASCII file. 1. Press the [MKR FUNCT] key. 2.
  • Page 458 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Generally, the format of this ASCII file can be processed by spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS-Excel. Different language versions of evaluation programs may require a different handling of the decimal point. Thus you can define the decimal sep- arator to be used (decimal point or comma, see "Decimal Separator"...
  • Page 459 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File contents Description x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values: Hz with span > 0; s with span = 0; dBm/dB with statistics measurements y-Unit;dBm; Unit of y values: dB*/V/A/W depending on the selected unit with y-axis LOG or % with y-axis LIN Data section for individual window Window;1;Frequency Sweep...
  • Page 460 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File contents Description Start;10000;Hz Start/stop of the display range. Stop;100000;Hz Unit: Hz for span > 0, s for span = 0, dBm/dB for statistics mea- surements Ref Level;-30;dBm Reference level...

  • Page 461: Independent Cw Source Settings

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Independent CW Source Settings 6.14 Independent CW Source Settings Access: Toolbar > "Generator Config" Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The independent CW signal is available in all R&S FPL1000 applications if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed.
  • Page 462 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Independent CW Source Settings If the internal generator is used as a tracking generator, the frequency is coupled to the frequency of the analyzer. Thus, this setting is not available. Remote command: on page 791 SOURce<si>:INTernal:FREQuency User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─...

  • Page 463: Data Management

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Restoring the Default Instrument Configuration (Preset) 7 Data Management The R&S FPL1000 allows you to save and recall measurement settings. Measurement data can be exported and imported for a later analysis, the graphical result display can be stored to a file or printed.

  • Page 464: Storing And Recalling Instrument Settings And Measurement Data

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data To restore the default configuration for a single channel setup The default measurement settings can also be reset for an individual channel setup only, rather than resetting the entire instrument. ►...
  • Page 465 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Saving and recalling transducer and limit line settings If a transducer file was in use when the save set was stored (with the save item "Cur- rent Settings" only) the R&S FPL1000 assumes that these transducer values should remain valid after every recall of that save set.
  • Page 466 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data If a channel setup with the same name as the "Channel" to be restored is already active, the name for the new channel setup is extended by a consecutive number: 7.2.1.1 Quick Save / Quick Recall Settings Access: "Save"/ "Open"...
  • Page 467 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data During recall, save sets of type "Instrument" replace the settings of the entire instru- ment. All other save sets start a new channel setup with the stored settings. Rename ←...
  • Page 468 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data ● Stored Data Types....................468 ● Storage Location and Filename................468 ● Save and Recall Dialog Boxes................469 ● Startup Recall Settings..................471 7.2.2.1 Stored Data Types The following types of data can be stored to and loaded from files via the "Save" dialog box on the R&S FPL1000: Table 7-1: Items that can be stored to files Item...
  • Page 469 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data 7.2.2.3 Save and Recall Dialog Boxes Access: "Save"/ "Open" icon in the toolbar > "Save" / "Recall" Both dialog boxes are very similar and closely related. Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files............469 File Name........................470...
  • Page 470 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data File Name Contains the name of the data file without the path or extension. By default, the name of a user file consists of a base name followed by an underscore. Multiple files with the same base name are extended by three numbers, e.g.
  • Page 471 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Recall in New Channel / Recall in Current Channel Restores the instrument settings as saved in the selected settings file. If the settings file contains settings for a specific "Channel" only, select "Recall in New Channel" to activate a new channel setup with the stored settings.
  • Page 472 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Startup Recall Activates or deactivates the startup recall function. If activated, the settings stored in the selected file are loaded each time the instrument is started or preset. If deactivated, the default settings are loaded.
  • Page 473 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data The selected settings are stored to the file C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\QuickSave\ QuickSaveX.dfl. Note: If you make any changes to the settings after storing the configuration file, remember to save the settings again. Otherwise those settings cannot be restored and will be overwritten by the stored values when the configuration file is recalled.

  • Page 474: Import/Export Functions

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Import/Export Functions 4. If several items were saved, select which items are restored. 5. If a "Channel" was saved, select whether the settings will replace the settings in the current "Channel", or whether a new channel setup with the saved settings will be opened.
  • Page 475 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Import/Export Functions These functions are only available if no measurement is running. In particular, if Continuous Sweep / Run Cont is active, the import/export functions are not available. Import.......................... 475 Export..........................475 └ Export Trace to ASCII File................
  • Page 476 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Import/Export Functions If the spectrogram display is selected when you perform this function, the entire histo- gram buffer with all frames is exported to a file. The data for a particular frame begins with information about the frame number and the time that frame was recorded. For large history buffers the export operation can take some time.

  • Page 477: Creating Screenshots Of Current Measurement Results And Settings

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Decimal Separator ← Export Trace to ASCII File ← Export Defines the decimal separator for floating-point numerals for the data export/import files. Evaluation programs require different separators in different languages. Remote command: on page 912 FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator...
  • Page 478 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings For step-by-step instructions, see Chapter 7.4.2, "How to Store or Print Screenshots of Display", on page 488. Remote commands for these settings are described in Chapter 10.9.4, "Storing or Printing Screenshots", on page 925.
  • Page 479 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot......................480 Print Multiple Windows....................480 Comment........................480 Print Logo........................480 Print Page Count......................480 Print Dialog........................480 Print Date and Time....................481 User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...
  • Page 480 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot Selects all measurement results displayed on the screen for the current channel setup (or "MultiView"): diagrams, traces, markers, marker lists, limit lines, etc., including the channel bar and status bar, for printout on a single page.
  • Page 481 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings This setting is only available if Print Screenshot is selected. Print Date and Time Includes or removes the current date and time at the bottom of the printout. Remote command: on page 934 HCOPy:TDSTamp:STATe<1|2>...
  • Page 482 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Zoom In / Zoom Out....................482 Page........................483 Zoom 1:1........................483 Page Up / Page Down....................483 Print..........................483 Zoom In / Zoom Out Zooms into (enlarges) or zooms out of (decreases) the preview display. Note that the zoom functions affect only the preview, not the printout itself.
  • Page 483 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Fit Page Adapts the preview display zoom factor so that one complete page is visible as large as possible in the available display space. Note that the zoom functions affect only the preview, not the printout itself.
  • Page 484 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Destination........................484 └ Destination: File.................... 485 └ Destination: Clipboard...................485 └ Destination: Printer..................485 Suppress File Name Dialog..................485 Printer Name....................... 485 Print to file........................485 Install Printer....................... 486 Destination Defines the medium to which the printout is output.
  • Page 485 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Destination: File ← Destination Stores the printout to a file in the selected format. The filename is queried at the time of storage, or a default name is used (see Suppress File Name Dialog).
  • Page 486 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Remote command: To enable: HCOP:DEST1 'MMEM' To disable: HCOP:DEST1 'SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter' Install Printer This softkey opens the standard Windows dialog box to install a new printer. All print- ers that are already installed are displayed.
  • Page 487 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Orientation Selects the page orientation of the printout: portrait or landscape. Remote command: on page 932 HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> Windows Per Page Defines how many windows are displayed on a single page of the printout. This setting is only available if Print Multiple Windows is active (see...
  • Page 488 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings The settings provided here are identical to those in the "Print Colors" section of the "Display" > "Theme + Color" dialog box. "Print Colors" on page 515. 7.4.2 How to Store or Print Screenshots of the Display The measurement results displayed on the screen can be printed or stored to a file very easily.
  • Page 489 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings To print a screenshot This configuration assumes a printer has already been installed. To install a new printer, use the Install Printer function (common Microsoft Windows procedure). 1.
  • Page 490 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 2. In the "Content" tab, define the elements of the screen and additional information to be included in the printout. a) Select "Print Selected Windows" to include the selected windows in the print- out, possibly on multiple pages.
  • Page 491 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 11. To store another file using the same configuration any other time, simply press the "Print immediate" icon at the far right end of the toolbar. 7.4.3 Example for Storing Multiple Measurement Results to a PDF File The following example describes the procedure to store results from measurements in the Spectrum application and the I/Q Analyzer to a single PDF file.

  • Page 492: Working With Test Reports

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 10. In the "Printer" tab, select "File" as the "Destination". 11. Select "PDF" from the file format selection list. 12. Select "Suppress File Name Dialog". 13. In the "Page Setup" tab, select "Landscape" as the "Orientation". 14.
  • Page 493 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports The R&S FPL1000 features a test report generator. A test report is a document that summarizes the results and configuration of measurements. Figure 7-1: Example of a test report A test report is made up of one or more datasets. Each dataset contains the results and configuration of one measurement.
  • Page 494 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports The properties available in the "Templates" tab define the information that each dataset in the test report will contain. Templates contain general contents and application-spe- cific contents. The test report consists of different types of information, some of which are displayed on each page, others per measurement (subreport): Figure 7-2: Types of information in the test report 1 = Logo (each page)
  • Page 495 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports To see the result of your template configuration, use the Show Preview function. ● General Contents....................495 ● Title Page......................497 ● Measurement Information..................499 ● Application-Specific Contents................501 7.5.1.1 General Contents Access: >...
  • Page 496 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Remote command: on page 929 HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> Use Screen Colors Enables or disables the use of printer-friendly color schemes (as opposed to the colors used on the screen). Remote command: on page 945 HCOPy:TREPort:PCOLors[:STATe] Date Adds the current date to each page of the report.
  • Page 497 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 7.5.1.2 Title Page Access: > "Report menu" > "Templates" > "General" > "▽" > "Title Page" You can define an optional title page for the test report with a title and a short descrip- tion of the report contents.
  • Page 498 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Figure 7-3: Example of a test report title page State: on page 947 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe Title: on page 947 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe Abstract: on page 939 HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 11...
  • Page 499 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 7.5.1.3 Measurement Information Access: > "Report menu" > "Templates" > "General" > "▽" > "Measurement Informa- tion" The "Measurement Information" area allows you to add user-defined information on the measurement to the report. You can add up to six lines to the report, plus one picture, for example a company logo.
  • Page 500 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Figure 7-5: Example for measurement-specific information in a test report State..........................500 Title..........................500 Value........................... 500 Visibility........................500 Logo..........................501 State Enables or disables the user-defined measurement information on the test report. Remote command: on page 941 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:STATe Title...
  • Page 501 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports "Subreport" Contents are valid for an individual measurement only. They are con- figured when you append the measurement results to the report, and included once for each subreport (measurement). Remote command: on page 939 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:CONTrol on page 942...
  • Page 502 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports For the R&S FPL1000, test reports are only available in Spectrum mode, and only if the R&S FPL1-K54 is installed. For details on the provided information, see: ● "Diagram" on page 118 ●...
  • Page 503 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports If you omit the path, the template is saved in the default directory (C:\Users\Public \Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user). Remote command: Query available templates: HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:CATalog? on page 943 Save Saves the current test report configuration to the specified Template name.
  • Page 504 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Remote command: on page 944 HCOPy:TREPort:NEW Report Append Adds a new dataset to the existing ones for the next test report. If measurement-spe- cific data is configured in the report template, a dialog box prompts you to provide the information for the appended dataset.
  • Page 505 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Save Access: > "Report menu" > "Save" Saves the test report with the selected items to the selected Report Path with the selected File type. If the option Suppress Dialog is enabled, the report is saved to the directory specified in the general contents area (see Report Path).
  • Page 506 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Show Preview If enabled, a preview of the current test report configuration and contents is displayed. Note that it can take a short time until the preview has been created. The preview area provides typical viewing functions as in common PDF viewers. 7.5.5 How to Create a Test Report Using a test report you can summarize the results and configuration of measurements in a document directly from the Spectrum application.
  • Page 507 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 5. When the measurement is finished, save the results for your report: From the toolbar, select > "Report new" to delete any existing report data and start a new report. 6. Perform further measurements and save the results as required. From the toolbar, select >...

  • Page 508: General Instrument Setup

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Reference Frequency 8 General Instrument Setup Access: [SETUP] Some basic instrument settings can be configured independently of the selected oper- ating mode or application. Usually, you configure most of these settings initially when you set up the instrument according to your personal preferences or requirements. Then you only adapt individual settings to special circumstances when necessary.

  • Page 509: Display Settings

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Remote command: on page 951 [SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce 8.2 Display Settings 8.2.1 Display Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" Some general display settings are available regardless of the current application or operating mode. For information on optimizing your display for measurement results, see the application-specific result configuration descriptions.
  • Page 510 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen............. 510 Display Update Rate....................510 Set Date and Time...................... 510 Date and Time Format....................510 Background Lighting....................510 Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen The touchscreen function can be deactivated, e.g. when the instrument is being used for demonstration purposes and tapping the screen must not provoke an action.
  • Page 511 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings 8.2.1.2 Displayed Items Access: [Setup] > "Display" > "Displayed Items" Several elements on the screen display can be hidden or shown as required, for exam- ple to enlarge the display area for the measurement results. Toolbar.........................511 Status Bar........................511...
  • Page 512 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Note: The softkey bar is hidden while the SmartGrid is displayed and restored auto- matically when the SmartGrid is closed. Remote command: on page 960 DISPlay:SKEYs[:STATe] Channel Bar The channel setup bar provides information on firmware and measurement settings for a specific channel setup.
  • Page 513 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings To activate or deactivate the front panel temporarily, press the [F6] key on the external keyboard (if available) or the remote computer. For more information, see Chapter 8.2.2, "How to Work with the Soft Front Panels", on page 518.
  • Page 514 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Note: You can also activate the mini front panel using the key combination [ALT + m] (be aware of the keyboard language defined in the operating system!). That is useful when you are working from a remote PC and the front panel function is not active. Remote command: on page 962 SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel[:STATe]...
  • Page 515 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Theme......................... 515 Print Colors......................... 515 Showing Print Colors on Display.................516 Theme The theme defines the colors and style used to display softkeys and other screen objects. The default theme is "IndustrialDark". Remote command: on page 964 DISPlay:THEMe:SELect Print Colors...
  • Page 516 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Gui setting Description Remote command "Optimized Colors" Selects an optimized color setting for the HCOP:CMAP:DEF2 printout to improve the visibility of the colors (default setting). Trace 1 is blue, trace 2 black, trace 3 green, and the markers are turquoise.
  • Page 517 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Setup...........................517 Setup Opens the standard Windows configuration dialog box to configure the used display devices. 8.2.1.5 Touch(screen) Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" > "Touch" These options concern the behavior of the firmware for touch gestures on the screen. Note that these settings remain unchanged after a channel preset.
  • Page 518 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings X-Lock If activated, the x-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures. Y-Lock If activated, the y-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures. Adapt Measurement to Zoom (selected diagram) If you already performed a graphical zoom using the "Single Zoom"...

  • Page 519: Language Settings

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings To activate or deactivate the front panel temporarily, press the [F6] key on the external keyboard (if available) or on the remote computer. If the softkey menu is visible, you can display the "Mini Front Panel" quickly and easily by double-clicking the title of the softkey menu.
  • Page 520 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings Remote command: on page 969 DIAGnostic:SERVice:HWINfo? on page 968 DIAGnostic:SERVice:BATTery:LEVel? 8.4.2 Information on Versions and Options Access: [Setup] > "System Configuration" > "Versions + Options" Information on the firmware version and options installed on your instrument is provi- ded.
  • Page 521 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings Remote commands: on page 971 SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt on page 968 DIAGnostic:SERVice:BIOSinfo? on page 969 DIAGnostic:SERVice:VERSinfo? LucasFonts RsCorpid EULA: Open Displays a PDF file containing copyright information on the RsCorpid font used by the R&S FPL1000 firmware.
  • Page 522 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings The messages are displayed in the order of their occurrence; the most recent mes- sages are placed at the top of the list. Messages that have occurred since you last vis- ited the system messages tab are marked with an asterisk '*'.
  • Page 523 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings The firmware on your R&S FPL1000 may also need to be updated in order to enable additional new features or if reasons for improvement come up. Ask your sales repre- sentative or check the Rohde&Schwarz website for availability of firmware updates. A firmware update package includes at least a setup file and release notes.
  • Page 524 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings "File Explorer": Instead of using the file manager of the R&S FPL1000 firmware, you can also use the Microsoft Windows File Explorer to manage files. 7. Select "Install" to start the update. 8.

  • Page 525: Service Functions

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions Wait for Trigger Polarity The optional AUX PORT connector of the R&S FPL1000 can provide a signal that indi- cates the instrument is ready to receive a trigger signal. (For details on the connector see the R&S FPL1000 Getting Started manual). The signal polarity that indicates the trigger availability is configurable.
  • Page 526 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions Create R&S Support Information................526 Save Device Footprint....................526 Create R&S Support Information Creates a *.zip file with important support information. The *.zip file contains the sys- tem configuration information ("Device Footprint"), the current eeprom data and a screenshot of the screen display.
  • Page 527 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions 8.5.2 Self-test Settings and Results Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Selftest" If the R&S FPL1000 fails you can perform a self-test of the instrument to identify any defective modules. Once the self-test is started, all modules are checked consecutively and the test result is displayed.
  • Page 528 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions NONE..........................528 Calibration Frequency RF................... 528 └ Frequency..................... 528 Calibration Frequency MW..................528 NONE Uses the current RF signal at the input, i.e. no calibration signal (default). Remote command: on page 953 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] Calibration Frequency RF Uses the internal calibration signal as the RF input signal.
  • Page 529 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions 8.5.4 Service Functions Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Service Function" Using service functions The service functions are not necessary for normal measurement operation. Incorrect use can affect correct operation and/or data integrity of the R&S FPL1000. Therefore, many of the functions can only be used after entering a password.

  • Page 530: Toolbar Configuration

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Toolbar Configuration Remote command: on page 972 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction Clear History Deletes the list of previously selected service functions. Password Most service functions require a special password as they may disrupt normal opera- tion of the R&S FPL1000. There are different levels of service functions, depending on how restrictive their use is handled.

  • Page 531: Transducers

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers 2. Drag and drop the icons in the toolbar to the required position. A blue line indicates the selected position. Figure 8-1: Inserting the Windows icon in the toolbar 3. To add an icon that is currently not visible: a) Select "More icons".
  • Page 532 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers quency response for antennas, for example. The transducer is configured by defining transducer factors for specific trace points. A set of transducer factors defines an inter- polated transducer line and can be stored on the instrument. In the Spectrum application, the correction factor from all active transducers is calcula- ted for each displayed trace point once in advance and is added to the result of the level measurement during the sweep.
  • Page 533 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers ● The frequencies of the data points may exceed the valid frequency range of the R&S FPL1000 since only the set frequency range is taken into account for mea- surements. The minimum frequency of a data point is 0 Hz, the maximum fre- quency 200 GHz.
  • Page 534 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers For the transducer line overview, the R&S FPL1000 searches for all stored transducer lines with the file extension .TDF in the C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\trd directory. The overview allows you to determine which transducer lines are available and can be used for the current measurement.
  • Page 535 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers The following units are available: ● ● ● dBmV ● dBμV ● dBμV/m ● dBμA ● dBμA/m ● dBpW ● dBpT Compatibility Indicates whether the transducer factors are compatible with the current measurement settings.
  • Page 536 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Edit Line Edit an existing transducer line configuration. Copy Line Copy the selected transducer line configuration to create a new line. Delete Line Delete the selected transducer line. Remote command: on page 957 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete 8.7.2.2 Transducer Factors...
  • Page 537 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers └ File Explorer....................538 Export..........................538 └ File Explorer....................538 Name Defines the transducer line name. All names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. The transducer data is stored under this name (with a .TDF extension) in the C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\trd directory.
  • Page 538 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Insert Value Inserts a data point in the transducer line above the selected one in the "Edit Trans- ducer" dialog box. Delete Value Deletes the selected data point in the "Edit Transducer" dialog box. Shift x Shifts the x-value of each data point horizontally by the defined shift width.
  • Page 539 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers 8.7.3 Reference: Transducer Factor File Format Transducer factor data can be exported to a file in ASCII (CSV) format for further eval- uation in other applications. Transducer factors stored in the specified ASCII (CSV) for- mat can also be imported to the R&S FPL1000 for other measurements.
  • Page 540 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Stored transducer settings When storing and recalling transducer settings, consider the information provided in "Saving and recalling transducer and limit line settings" on page 465. The following tasks are described: ● "How to find compatible transducer lines" on page 540 ●...
  • Page 541 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers In order to store the changes to the transducer lines in a settings file, select the "Save" icon in the toolbar. (See Chapter 7.2, "Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data", on page 464). How to copy an existing transducer line 1.

  • Page 542: Alignment

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment d) Repeat this to insert all other data points. To insert a data point before an existing one, select the data point and then "Insert Value". To insert a new data point at the end of the list, move the focus to the line after the last entry and then select "Insert Value".
  • Page 543 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment If you start a self-alignment remotely and then select the "Local" softkey while the alignment is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the alignment is completed. During self-alignment, do not connect a signal to the RF input connector. Running a self-alignment with a signal connected to the RF input can lead to false measurement results.
  • Page 544 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment ● If the position of the instrument has been changed and you cannot look straight on the screen ● If another person operates the instrument 8.8.2 Alignment Settings Access: [Setup] > "Alignment" Both the instrument and the touchscreen can be aligned when necessary (see Chap- ter 8.8.1, "Basics on Alignment",...
  • Page 545 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment Remote command: on page 601, see also on page 952 *CAL? CALibration[:ALL]? Abort Self Alignment As long as the self-alignment data is being collected, the procedure can be canceled using the "Abort Self Alignment" button. Note: If you start a self-alignment remotely, then select the "Local"...
  • Page 546 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment Remote command: on page 952 CALibration:RESult? 8.8.3 How to Perform a Self-Test You do not have to repeat the self-test every time you switch on the instrument. It is only necessary when instrument malfunction is suspected. Operating temperature Before performing this functional test, make sure that the instrument has reached its operating temperature (for details, refer to the data sheet).
  • Page 547 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment 8.8.5 How to Align the Touchscreen To align the touchscreen 1. Press the [Setup] key. 2. Select the "Alignment" softkey. 3. Select "Touch Screen Alignment". A blinking cross appears in the lower left corner of the screen. 4.

  • Page 548: Network Operation And Remote Control

    ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols 9 Network Operation and Remote Control In addition to working with the R&S FPL1000 interactively, located directly at the instru- ment, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC. Various methods for remote operation are supported: ●...
  • Page 549 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols Table 9-1: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Remarks Protocols, VISA address string ● Local Area HiSLIP High-Speed LAN Instrument Protocol (IVI-6.1) A LAN connector is located on the TCPIP::host address::hislip0[::INSTR] Network rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 550 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols ● LAN device name defines the protocol and the instance number of a subinstru- ment; – inst0 selects the VXI-11 protocol (default) – hislip0 selects the newer HiSLIP protocol ●...
  • Page 551 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols If you do not want other users in the LAN to be able to access and operate the R&S FPL1000 you can deactivate this function. Chapter 9.5.6, "How to Deactivate the Web Browser Interface", on page 589.

  • Page 552: Status Reporting System

    ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System – "Utilities" provides access to an event log. ● "Instrument Control" – "Web Control" provides remote access to the instrument via VNC (no installa- tion required). Manual instrument controls are available via the front panel sim- ulation.
  • Page 553 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System not used not used not used & logic AND not used of all bits logic OR one register for each channel HCOPy in progress LMARgin 8 FAIL CACLR FAIL LIMit 8 FAIL ALT3...11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL LMARgin 7 FAIL...
  • Page 554 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register The STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register is used by the R&S FPL1000 applica- tions and is described in the individual sections (manuals) for each application. ● Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)......554 ●...
  • Page 555 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Bit No. Meaning QUEStionable status register summary bit The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the QUEStionable status register and the associated ENABle bit is set to 1. A set bit indicates a questionable instrument status, which can be speci- fied in greater detail by querying the STATus:QUEStionable status register.
  • Page 556 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Bit No. Meaning Query Error This bit is set if either the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having sent a query, or if it does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the instrument instead.
  • Page 557 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Bit No. Meaning Not used HardCOPy in progress This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy. not used 10-14 Not used This bit is always 0. 9.2.2.5 STATus:QUEStionable Register The STATus:QUEStionable register contains information on instrument states that do...
  • Page 558 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Bit No. Meaning "TEMPerature" This bit is set if the temperature is questionable. "FREQuency" This bit is set if there is anything wrong with the frequency of the local oscillator or the reference frequency in any of the active channels.
  • Page 559 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Table 9-6: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register Bit No. Meaning ADJ UPPer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel ADJ LOWer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel.
  • Page 560 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System 9.2.2.8 STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO Register The STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO register contains information on the type of messages that occur during operation of the R&S FPL1000. A separate INFO register exists for each active channel. You can read out the register with STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO: or STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO[:EVENt]?.
  • Page 561 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Bit No. Meaning EXTernalREFerence This bit is set if you have selected an external reference oscillator but did not connect a useable external reference source. In that case the synthesizer can not lock. The frequency in all probability is not accurate. 9 to 14 Not used This bit is always 0.
  • Page 562 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System A separate LMARgin register exists for each active channel and for each window. It can be read using the commands STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin[:EVENt]?. Table 9-11: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register Bit No.
  • Page 563 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Status Reporting System Bit No. Meaning Input Overload This bit is set if the signal level at the RF input connector exceeds the maximum. The RF input is disconnected from the input mixer to protect the device. In order to re-enable measurement, decrease the level at the RF input connector and reconnect the RF input to the mixer input.

  • Page 564: Gpib Languages

    ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 GPIB Languages Bit No. Meaning 2 to 14 Unused This bit is always 0. 9.2.3 Reset Values of the Status Reporting System The following table contains the different commands and events causing the status reporting system to be reset.
  • Page 565 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 GPIB Languages Supported languages Language Comment SCPI 71100C Compatible to 8566A/B 71200C Compatible to 8566A/B 71209A Compatible to 8566A/B 8560E 8561E 8562E 8563E 8564E 8565E 8566A Command sets A and B are available. Command sets A and B differ in the rules regarding the command structure.

  • Page 566: Network And Remote Control Settings

    ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings – The following instrument settings are changed: Table 9-16: Instrument settings for emulation of 8566A/B, 8568A/B, 8594E; FSEA, FSEB, FSEM; FSEK instruments Model # of Trace Start Freq. Stop Freq.
  • Page 567 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Risk of network problems All parameters can be edited here; however, beware that changing the computer name has major effects in a network. For details, see Chapter 9.5, "How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control", on page 577.
  • Page 568 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings IP Address Defines the IP address. The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP server is available ("DHCP On"), the setting is read-only. The IP address consists of four number blocks separated by dots.
  • Page 569 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings GPIB Address......................569 Identification String......................569 Reset to Factory String....................569 Remote Display Update....................570 GPIB Terminator......................570 Logging........................570 Display Remote Errors....................570 GPIB Address Defines the GPIB address. Values from 0 to 30 are allowed. The default address is 20. Remote command: on page 965 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess...
  • Page 570 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 966 SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory Remote Display Update Defines whether the display of the R&S FPL1000 is updated when changing from man- ual operation to remote control. Turning off the display update function improves performance during remote control.
  • Page 571 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings The error message remains in place when you switch to "Local" mode. To close the message box, select the "Close" icon. Only the most recent error is displayed in remote mode. However, in local mode, all errors that occurred during remote operation are listed in a separate tab of the "Net- work + Remote"...
  • Page 572 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Language........................572 Gain........................572 Sweep Repeat......................572 Coupling........................573 Revision String......................573 Resetting the Factory Revision................... 573 Language Defines the system language used to control the instrument. For details on the available GPIB languages, see Chapter 10.11.2, "Reference: GPIB Commands of Emulated HP Models",...
  • Page 573 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Coupling Controls the default coupling ratios in the HP emulation mode for: ● span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) ● resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth (RBW/VBW) For FSx, the standard parameter coupling of the instrument is used. As a result, in most cases a shorter sweep time is used than in case of HP.
  • Page 574 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Current LAN Configuration..................574 Password......................574 Reset........................574 Current LAN Configuration Displays the current LAN information from the R&S FPL1000 (read-only). "Computer Name of the R&S FPL1000 as defined in the operating system (see name"...
  • Page 575 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Parameter Value ICMP Ping Enabled Password for "LAN" configuration LxiWebIfc The LAN settings are configured in the "Network" tab of the "Network + Remote" dialog box or using the instrument's "LAN" web browser interface. Remote command: on page 967 SYSTem:LXI:LANReset...
  • Page 576 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, the oldest error message is removed before the newest one is inserted. To clear the message buffer use the "Clear Error List"...

  • Page 577: How To Set Up A Network And Remote Control

    ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control aborted and synchronization is achieved by setting the corresponding bits in the registers of the status reporting system. ● Bit 6 (User Request) of the Event Status Register is set. If the status reporting system is configured accordingly, this bit immediately causes the generation of a service request (SRQ) to inform the control software that the user wishes to return to front panel control.
  • Page 578 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 9.5.1 How to Configure a Network A precondition for operating or monitoring the instrument remotely is that it is connec- ted to a LAN network or a PC connected to the GPIB interface. Setup is described here.
  • Page 579 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 9.5.1.2 How to Assign the IP Address Depending on the network capacities, the TCP/IP address information for the instru- ment can be obtained in different ways. ●...
  • Page 580 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control (See "Using a DNS server to determine the IP address" on page 580 and Chap- ter 9.5.1.3, "How to Change the Instrument Name", on page 581).
  • Page 581 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 7. Select the "Properties" button. 8. On the "General" tab, select "Use the following DNS server addresses" and enter your own DNS addresses. For more information refer to the Windows operating system Help.
  • Page 582 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 9.5.1.4 How to Configure the LAN Using the Web Browser Interface The instrument's "LAN" web browser interface works correctly with all W3C compliant browsers.
  • Page 583 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control ● "LAN Configuration" opens the menu with configuration pages. ● "Status" displays information about the "LAN" status of the instrument. LAN Configuration The LAN configuration consists of three parts: ●...
  • Page 584 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control To initiate a ping between the instrument and a second connected device 1. Enable "ICMP Ping" on the "Advanced LAN Configuration" page (enabled after an LCI).
  • Page 585 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control cases the initial password is "894129". You can change the password in Windows for any user at any time. Some administrative tasks require administrator rights (e.g. firm- ware updates or the configuration of a LAN network).
  • Page 586 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 6. Press [Enter]. The new password is now active. 9.5.3.3 How to Configure the Automatic Login Mechanism Adapting the auto-login function to a new password If you change the password that is used during auto-login, this function no longer works.
  • Page 587 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Deactivating the auto-login function When shipped, the instrument is already configured to automatically log on the "instru- ment" user under Windows. To deactivate the auto-login function, perform the following steps: 1.
  • Page 588 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The drive is shared and can be accessed by the selected users. 9.5.5 How to Control the R&S FPL1000 via the Web Browser Interface Via the LAN web browser interface to the R&S FPL1000, one or more users can con- trol the instrument remotely from another PC without additional installation.
  • Page 589 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The most commonly used folders on the instrument are displayed, for example those that contain user data, as well as the top-most My Computer folder, from which you can access all other folders on the instrument.
  • Page 590 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 6. Set "Startup type" to "Disabled". 7. Select "Stop". 8. Select "Apply". The next time a user enters the IP address of the instrument in a web browser, an error message is displayed: Failed to connect to server (code.
  • Page 591 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 9.5.7.1 How to Configure the R&S FPL1000 for Remote Operation via Remote Desktop 1. Create a fixed IP address for the TCP/IP protocol as described in Chapter 9.5.1.2, "How to Assign the IP Address",...
  • Page 592 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control b) Select the users or create new user accounts as described in Chapter 9.5.3.1, "How to Create Users", on page 585. c) Select "OK" to confirm the settings. 7.
  • Page 593 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 4. Open the "Experience" tab. The settings on this tab are used to select and optimize the connection speed. 5. In the list, select the appropriate connection (for example: LAN (10 Mbps or higher)).
  • Page 594 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows will then map drives of the controller to the corresponding network drives. 9. To use printers connected to the controller while accessing them from the R&S FPL1000, activate the "Printers"...
  • Page 595 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control ● If activated, a bar showing the network address of the R&S FPL1000 will appear at the top edge of the screen. You can use this bar to reduce, minimize or close the window.
  • Page 596 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The firmware restarts and then automatically opens the "Soft Front Panel", i.e. the user interface on which all front panel controls and the rotary knob are mapped to buttons.
  • Page 597 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Restoring the connection to the R&S FPL1000 Follow the instructions above for setting up a connection to the R&S FPL1000. If the connection is terminated and then restored, the R&S FPL1000 remains in the same state.
  • Page 598 ® Network Operation and Remote Control R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Switching to manual mode is only possible via remote control then. This function is only available for the GPIB interface. 5. To enable the keys of the R&S FPL1000 again, switch the instrument to local mode (GTL - Go to Local), i.e.

  • Page 599: Remote Commands

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions 10 Remote Commands The commands required to perform measurements in the Spectrum application in a remote environment are described here. Compatibility with former R&S signal and spectrum analyzers As a rule, the R&S FPL1000 supports most commands from previous R&S signal and spectrum analyzers such as the FSQ, FSP, FSU, or FSV.

  • Page 600: Common Suffixes

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands ● Asynchronous commands A command which does not automatically finish executing before the next com- mand starts executing (overlapping command) is indicated as an Asynchronous command. ● Reset values (*RST) Default parameter values that are used directly after resetting the instrument (*RST command) are indicated as *RST values, if available.
  • Page 601 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands ..........................603 *PRE ..........................603 *PSC ..........................603 *RST ..........................604 *SRE ...........................604 *STB? ..........................604 *TRG ........................... 604 *TST? ..........................605 *WAI *CAL? Calibration query Initiates a calibration of the instrument and then queries the calibration status. Respon- ses >...
  • Page 602 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands Usage: Query only *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification. Return values: <ID> "Rohde&Schwarz,<device type>,<part number>/<serial num- ber>,<firmware version>" Example: Rohde&Schwarz,FPL1003,1304.0004K03/100005,1.50 Usage: Query only *IST? Individual status query Returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form. The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll.
  • Page 603 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands Usage: Query only *PCB <Address> Pass control back Indicates the controller address to which remote control is returned after termination of the triggered action. Setting parameters: <Address> Range: 0 to 30 Usage: Setting only *PRE <Value>...
  • Page 604 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands *SRE <Contents> Service request enable Sets the service request enable register to the indicated value. This command deter- mines under which conditions a service request is triggered. Parameters: <Contents> Contents of the service request enable register in decimal form. Bit 6 (MSS mask bit) is always 0.

  • Page 605: Commands For Remote Instrument Operation

    ® R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands Commands for Remote Instrument Operation *WAI Wait to continue Prevents servicing of the subsequent commands until all preceding commands have been executed and all signals have settled (see also command synchronization and *OPC). Usage: Event 10.4 Commands for Remote Instrument Operation The following commands are required to shutdown or reboot the R&S FPL1000 from a remote PC.

  • Page 606: Selecting The Operating Mode And Application

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application 10.5 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application The following commands are required to select the operating mode or the application and to configure a Sequencer in a remote environment. ●...
  • Page 607 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument:CREate[:NEW] <ChannelType>, <ChannelName> This command adds an additional measurement channel. You can configure up to 10 measurement channels at the same time (depending on available memory). See also ● on page 609 INSTrument[:SELect] ●...
  • Page 608 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument:DELete <ChannelName> This command deletes a channel setup. Setting parameters: <ChannelName> String containing the name of the channel setup you want to delete. A channel setup must exist in order to be able delete it. Usage: Setting only Manual operation:...
  • Page 609 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument:REName <ChannelName1>, <ChannelName2> This command renames a channel setup. Setting parameters: <ChannelName1> String containing the name of the channel setup you want to rename. <ChannelName2> String containing the new channel setup name. Note that you cannot assign an existing channel setup name to a new channel setup;...
  • Page 610 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application 10.5.2 Performing a Sequence of Measurements The following commands control the sequencer. For details on the Sequencer see Chapter 5.4, "Running a Sequence of Measure- ments", on page 83.....................
  • Page 611 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Note: In order to synchronize to the end of a measurement sequence using *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI you must use SINGle Sequence mode. Parameters: <Mode> SINGle Each measurement group is started one after the other in the order of definition.
  • Page 612 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application 10.5.3 Programming Example: Performing a Sequence of Measurements This example demonstrates how to perform several measurements in a sequence in a remote environment. //2xSpectrumanalyzer + 2xIQ, start Sequencer at the end, test OPC? // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ //------Preparing the instrument and first channel ----------- *RST...
  • Page 613 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application //--------Performing a sweep and retrieving results---------------- //Change sweep count SENS:SWEep:COUNt 7 //Single Sweep mode INIT:CONT OFF //Switch back to first IQ channel INST:SEL 'IQ 1';*WAI //Perform a measurement INIT:IMM;*OPC? //Retrieve results CALC:MARK:Y? //Activate Multiview...

  • Page 614: Configuring And Performing Measurements

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6 Configuring and Performing Measurements The following commands are required to configure measurements in a remote environ- ment. The tasks for manual operation are described in Chapter 6.2, "Measurements Results", on page 96. ●...
  • Page 615 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Note on blocked remote control programs: If a sequential command cannot be completed, for example because a triggered sweep never receives a trigger, the remote control program will never finish and the remote channel to the R&S FPL1000 is blocked for further commands.
  • Page 616 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements INITiate<n>:CONTinuous <State> This command controls the sweep mode for an individual channel setup. Note that in single sweep mode, you can synchronize to the end of the measurement with *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI. In continuous sweep mode, synchronization to the end of the measurement is not possible.
  • Page 617 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging. SWE:COUN 20 Sets the sweep counter to 20 sweeps. INIT;*WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps. Manual operation: "Frequency Sweep"...
  • Page 618 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <m> Marker <sb> irrelevant Parameters: <Mode> WRITe | MAXHold WRITe The power is calculated from the current trace. MAXHold The power is calculated from the current trace and compared with the previous power value using a maximum algorithm. Manual operation: "Power Mode"...
  • Page 619 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CPOWer Channel power measurements. Returns the channel power. The unit of the return values depends on the scaling of the y-axis: • logarithmic scaling returns the power in the current unit •...
  • Page 620 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OBANdwidth | OBWidth Occupied bandwidth measurement. The R&S FPL1000 performs the measurement on the trace that marker 1 is positioned on. Carrier-to-noise ratio measurement. Carrier-to-noise ratio measurement referenced to 1 Hz band- width Manual operation: "C/N"...
  • Page 621 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OBANdwidth | OBWidth Occupied bandwidth measurement Carrier to noise ratio Carrier to noise ration referenced to a 1 Hz bandwidth Manual operation: "Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings)" on page 138 "Adjust Settings" on page 152 "Adjust Settings"...
  • Page 622 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.3.1 Configuring the Compression Point Measurement The following commands are required to configure compression point measurements using an internal tracking generator. For details see Chapter 6.2.3, "Power Sweep Measurements", on page 119. For a programming example using remote commands, see Chapter 10.6.3.2, "Pro- gramming Example: Measuring Compression...
  • Page 623 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements *RST: AUTO CONF:CME:REF MAN Example: CONF:CME:REF:VAL -30 Manual operation: "Reference" on page 125 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:CVALue <UserCompression> Defines the compression value for the n dB compression point (see CONFigure: on page 624). CMEasurement:RESult:PNDB[:STAT] To query the results of the n dB compression point measurement, use FETCh: on page 625.
  • Page 624 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P3DB[:STAT] <State> Enables or disables the calculation of the 3 dB compression point. To query the results of the 3 dB compression point measurement, use FETCh: on page 625. CMEasurement:P3DB[:RESult]? Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 625 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements For details see Chapter 6.2.3, "Power Sweep Measurements", on page 119. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: CONF:CME ON...
  • Page 626 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //--------------Performing the Measurement----- //Select single sweep mode. INIT:CONT OFF //Initiate a new measurement and wait until the sweep has finished. INIT;*WAI //---------------Retrieving Results------------- //Query the results for the 3 dB and 5 dB compression points. FETC:CME:P3DB? //Result: -25,-22 FETC:CME:PNDB?
  • Page 627 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker <sb> irrelevant Parameters: <Standard> For more information see Chapter 6.2.4.8, "Reference: Prede- fined CP/ACLR Standards", on page 148. If you want to load a customized configuration, the parameter is a string containing the file name.
  • Page 628 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The measurement configuration for power measurements consists of weighting filter, channel bandwidth and spacing, resolution and video bandwidth, detector and sweep time. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker <sb> irrelevant Parameters: <Standard> String containing the file name.
  • Page 629 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Bandwidth> Range: 100 Hz to 1000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "Channel Bandwidth" on page 139 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BWIDth:ALTernate<ch> <Bandwidth> [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth:ALTernate<ch> <Bandwidth> This command defines the channel bandwidth of the alternate channels. If you set the channel bandwidth for the first alternate channel, the R&S FPL1000 sets the bandwidth of the other alternate channels to the same value, but not the other way round.
  • Page 630 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Channel Names" on page 141 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:ALTernate<ch> <Name> This command defines a name for an alternate channel. Suffix: <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <Name> String containing the name of the channel *RST: ALT<1...11>...
  • Page 631 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <Spacing> Range: 100 Hz to 2000 MHz *RST: 40 kHz (ALT1), 60 kHz (ALT2), 80 kHz (ALT3), ... Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "Channel Spacings" on page 139 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<ch>...
  • Page 632 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements .............. 633 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe][:ALL] ..........633 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:ALTernate<ch> ..........633 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:CHANnel<ch> [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ACHannel <Alpha> This command defines the roll-off factor for the adjacent channel weighting filter. Parameters: <Alpha> Roll-off factor Range: 0 to 1 *RST: 0.22 Manual operation:...
  • Page 633 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:ACHannel <State> This command turns the weighting filter for the adjacent channel on and off. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: "Weighting Filters" on page 141 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe][:ALL] <State>...
  • Page 634 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ............634 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE ..........634 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO ..........634 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:MANual [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE This command sets the channel power as the reference for relative ACLR measure- ments. Example: POW:ACH:REF:AUTO ONCE Usage: Event Manual operation: "Setting a fixed reference for Channel Power measure- ments (Set CP Reference)"...
  • Page 635 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The results of the power limit checks are also indicated in the STAT:QUES:ACPL sta- tus registry (see Chapter 9.2.2.6, "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register", on page 558)............635 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute ........... 635 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe ............636 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] ............636 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?
  • Page 636 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Absolute limit check for lower adjacent channel *RST: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Absolute limit check for upper adjacent channel *RST: Manual operation: "Limit Check"...
  • Page 637 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <li> irrelevant Return values: <LowerACH> text value Thestate of the limit check for the lower adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed. FAIL Limit check has failed. <UpperACH> text value The state of the limit check for the upper adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed.
  • Page 638 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FPL1000 uses the lower value for the limit check. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <LowerLimit>...
  • Page 639 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative] <LowerLimit>[, <UpperLimit>] This command defines the relative limit of the alternate channels. The reference value for the relative limit is the measured channel power. If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FPL1000 uses the lower value for the limit check.
  • Page 640 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements FAIL Limit check has failed. <UpperChan> text value The state of the limit check for the upper alternate or adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed. FAIL Limit check has failed. Example: INIT:IMM;*WAI;...
  • Page 641 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: "Limit Check" on page 140 10.6.4.6 Performing an ACLR Measurement The following commands are required to perform an ACLR measurement: ●...
  • Page 642 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ON | 1 Channel power density in dBm/Hz OFF | 0 Channel power in dBm *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:PHZ ON Output of results referred to the channel bandwidth. Manual operation: "Channel power level and density (Power Unit)" on page 137 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE <Mode>...
  • Page 643 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP //Select the user standard "GSM" CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES GSM //---------------Setting Up Channels------------ //Create one transmission channel. POW:ACH:TXCH:COUN 1 //Name the first transmission channel 'TX Channel'. POW:ACH:NAME:CHAN1 'TX Channel' //Create two adjacent channels - one adjacent channel and one alternate channel. POW:ACH:ACP 2 //Name the adjacent channel 'ABC' POW:ACH:NAME:ACH 'ABC'...
  • Page 644 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements POW:ACH:FILT:ACH ON //Define a roll-off factor of 0.35 for the weighting filter of the first //alternate channel. POW:ACH:FILT:ALPH:ALT1 0.35 //Turn the weighting filter for the first alternate channel on. POW:ACH:FILT:ALT1 ON //---------------Working with Limits------------ //Define a relative limit of 30 dB below the power of the reference channel //for both adjacent channels.
  • Page 645 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>[:STATe] ● CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet Programming example: Measuring the carrier-to-noise ratio This programming example demonstrates how to perform a Carrier-to-noise measure- ment in a remote environment. //----------Preparing the measurement------------ *RST //Reset the instrument FREQ:CENT 800MHz...
  • Page 646 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Useful commands for occupied bandwidth measurements described elsewhere Configuring the channel: ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel Defining search limits: ● on page 840 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ● on page 840 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT ● on page 841 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt Performing the measurement:...
  • Page 647 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV -10dBm //Activate occupied bandwidth measurement. CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW //Set the percentage of power to 99%. POW:BWID 99PCT //Set the channel bandwidth to 21 kHz. POW:ACH:BAND 21kHz //Optimize the instrument settings according to the channel bandwidth. POW:ACH:PRES OBW //Determine the ideal reference level for the measurement.
  • Page 648 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ............648 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:RESTore ..............648 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet[:STANdard] ..............648 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet:RESTore ............... 649 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet:STORe CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:RESTore This command restores the predefined limit lines for the selected Spectrum Emission Mask standard. All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the factory-set values are restored.
  • Page 649 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet:STORe <Standard> This command saves the current SEM measurement configuration. Standard definitions are stored in an xml file. The default directory for SEM standards is C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\sem_std. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Standard>...
  • Page 650 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.7.3 Configuring a Multi-SEM Measurement In the Spectrum application only, spectrum emissions can be measured for multiple sub blocks of channels (see "SEM with Multiple Sub Blocks ("Multi-SEM")" on page 169). Up to 8 sub blocks (with 7 gaps) can be defined. For each sub block, the familiar configuration settings concerning ranges, limit lines etc.
  • Page 651 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.7.4 Configuring a Sweep List The following commands define a sweep list for SEM measurements. The sweep list cannot be configured using remote commands during an on-going sweep operation. See also: ●...
  • Page 652 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: ESP:HSP ON Manual operation: "Fast SEM"...
  • Page 653 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "VBW" on page 176 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:COUNt? This command queries the number of ranges in the sweep list. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 <ri> irrelevant Return values: <Ranges> Number of ranges in the sweep list. Usage: Query only [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:DELete...
  • Page 654 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CISPr | PULSe CISPR (6 dB) - requires EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) option Return value for query is always PULS. MIL Std (6 dB) - requires EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) option 5 Pole filters *RST: NORM Refer to the datasheet for available filter bandwidths.
  • Page 655 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements For more information see "Ranges and Range Settings" on page 164. Suffix: <sb> 1..n <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <Frequency> Numeric value. *RST: -2.52 MHz (range 1), 2.52 MHz (range 2), 250.0 MHz (range 3) Default unit: Hz Manual operation:...
  • Page 656 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: ESP:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO OFF Deactivates the RF attenuation auto mode for range 2. Manual operation: "RF Att Mode" on page 176 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN[:VALue] <Gain> This command selects the gain for a SEM range. In case of high speed measurements, the level of the preamplifier has to be identical for all ranges.
  • Page 657 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Insert before Range / Insert after Range" on page 179 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:ABSolute:STARt <Level> This command defines an absolute limit for a SEM range. Unlike manual operation, you can define an absolute limit anytime and regardless of the limit check mode.
  • Page 658 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Abs Limit Start / Stop <n>" on page 177 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARt <Level> This command defines a relative limit for a SEM range. Unlike manual operation, you can define a relative limit regardless of the limit check mode.
  • Page 659 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: SENSe:ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit:RELative:STARt: ABSolute -10 For a detailed example see Chapter 10.6.7.10, "Example: SEM Measurement", on page 674. Manual operation: "Rel Limit Start / Stop <n>" on page 177 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARt:FUNCtion <Function> Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 660 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <ri> 1..n Selects the SEM range. <li> 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined. Parameters: <Level> Relative limit at the stop frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: Default unit: dBc Example:...
  • Page 661 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STOP:FUNCtion <Function> This command enables the use of a function when defining the relative limit for a SEM range. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 <ri> 1..n Selects the SEM range. <li> 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined.
  • Page 662 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <li> 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined. Parameters: <State> ABSolute | RELative | AND | OR ABSolute Checks only the absolute limits defined. RELative Checks only the relative limits. Relative limits are defined as rel- ative to the measured power in the reference range.
  • Page 663 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <Function> NONE | MAX | SUM NONE (reference ranges only:) the limit of the reference range is used; Reference ranges always use the function "NONE". sum of the two limit lines (calculated for linear powers) is used maximum of the two limit lines is used *RST:...
  • Page 664 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <SweepTime> Sweep time. The range depends on the ratios of the span to the RBW and the RBW to the VBW. Refer to the data sheet for more informa- tion. Default unit: s Manual operation: "...
  • Page 665 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:SSETup <State> Enables or disables symmetrical configuration of the range settings. "Ranges and Range Settings" on page 164. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 666 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Alpha> Range: 0 to 1 *RST: 0.22 Manual operation: "Alpha:" on page 182 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] <State> This command turns the RRC filter in the reference range on and off. The RRC filter is available if the power reference is the channel power.
  • Page 667 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CPOWer Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth method). *RST: CPOWer Manual operation: "Power Reference Type" on page 181 10.6.7.6 Configuring the Power Classes The following commands define the power classes for SEM measurements..............667 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:LIMits ...............668...
  • Page 668 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <Max3> Defines the value range for power class 3 as <Max2> to <Max3>. The value range for power class 4 is defined as <Max3> to 200. Only available for CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUNT = 4 Range: -199 to + 199, <Max3>...
  • Page 669 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements This command has the same effect as a combination of the CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE and the CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>[: commands; however, the power class to be used is not defined directly, EXCLusive] but via the expected power. As opposed to CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE AUTO, the power class is not re-assigned to the input signal power dynamically, but only once when the command is executed.
  • Page 670 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● You can only use power classes for which limits are defined. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <sb> 1 to 3 <pc> 1..n power class Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL1 ON...
  • Page 671 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:MAXimum <Level> This command defines the upper limit of a particular power class. Note: ● The last power class always has an upper limit of 200 dBm. ● The upper limit of a power class must always be the same as the lower limit of the subsequent power class.
  • Page 672 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2:MIN -40 dBm Sets the minimum power value of the second power class to -40 dBm. Manual operation: "PMin/ PMax" on page 183 10.6.7.7 Configuring the List Evaluation The following commands configure the list evaluation. Useful commands for SEM measurements described elsewhere ●...
  • Page 673 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PSEarch:MARGin <Threshold> CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch:MARGin <Margin> This command defines the threshold of the list evaluation. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Margin> Range: -200 to 200 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:MARG 100 Sets the margin to 100 dB. Manual operation: "Margin"...
  • Page 674 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● on page 618 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? 10.6.7.10 Example: SEM Measurement In this example we will configure and perform an SEM measurement. Note that this example is primarily meant to demonstrate the remote control commands, it does not necessarily reflect a useful measurement task.
  • Page 675 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL1:LIM ABS //Define a relative limit check for class 2. CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2:LIM REL //Define a manual selection of the power class. CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE MAN //Activate the use of the second power class for the entire measurement. CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2 ON //------------ Configuring a Sweep List--------------------- //Insert a range after range 2.
  • Page 676 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Include a transducer called 'transducer' for range 2. ESP:RANG2:TRAN 'Transducer' //------------ Configuring the limit check------------------ //Check the absolute and relative limits for all ranges in power class 1 and //fails if both limits are violated. Since power class 2 is set to be used for //the entire measurement, values for Limit Check 1 are irrelevant.
  • Page 677 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //------------ Checking the Results------------------------- //Query the result of the limit check for all ranges. CALC:LIM:FAIL? //Query the peak for each range of the SEM measurement as a list. TRAC:DATA? LIST 10.6.8 Measuring Spurious Emissions The following commands are required to perform spurious emissions measurements.
  • Page 678 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ................... 679 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DELete .................679 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DETector ..............680 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STARt ..............680 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STOP ................681 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:FILTer:TYPE ..............681 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation ............682 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ..............682 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ..............682 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN[:VALue] ................682 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STARt ................683 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STATe ................683 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STOP ............... 683 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:POINts[:VALue] ...................
  • Page 679 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:BREak <State> This command controls the sweep for all ranges. Suffix: <ri> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | 1 The R&S FPL1000 stops after measuring one range, and the status bit number 10 in the STAT:OPER register is set. To continue with the next range, use INITiate<n>:CONMeas.
  • Page 680 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: LIST:RANG2:DET AVER Manual operation: "Detector" on page 205 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STARt <Frequency> This command defines the start frequency of a spurious emission measurement range. Make sure to set an appropriate span. If you set a span that is ●...
  • Page 681 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:FILTer:TYPE <FilterType> This command selects the filter type for a spurious emission measurement range. The EMI-specific filter types are available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measurement option is installed, even if EMI measurement is not active. For details see "Resolution Bandwidth and Filter Types"...
  • Page 682 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO <State> This command turns automatic selection of the input attenuation for a spurious emis- sion measurement range on and off. Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: LIST:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO ON...
  • Page 683 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Level> Absolute limit at the start frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: Default unit: dBm Example: LIST:RANG2:LIM:STAR 200 Manual operation: "Abs Limit Start/ Abs Limit Stop" on page 207 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STATe <State>...
  • Page 684 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Points> For more information on sweep points see Chapter 6.6.1.8, "How Much Data is Measured: Sweep Points and Sweep Count", on page 324. *RST: 1001 Example: LIST:RANG2:POIN 1000 Manual operation: "Sweep Points"...
  • Page 685 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: LIST:RANG2:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON Manual operation: " Sweep Time Mode " on page 205 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:TRANsducer <Transducer> This command selects a transducer factor for a spurious emission measurement range.
  • Page 686 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ..................687 CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:PSHow ................687 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:PSHow ................687 CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:SUBRanges ................. 687 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:SUBRanges CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:AUTO <State> CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:AUTO <State> This command turns the list evaluatio n on and off. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: CALC:PSE:AUTO OFF...
  • Page 687 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Margin> Range: -200 to 200 Default unit: dB Example: CALC:PSE:MARG 100 Sets the threshold to 100 dB. Manual operation: "Margin" on page 208 CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:PSHow <State> CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:PSHow <State> This command turns the peak labels in the diagram on and off.
  • Page 688 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.8.4 Adjusting the X-Axis to the Range Definitions [SENSe:]LIST:XADJust Sets the x-axis range for the spurious emission measurement from the start frequency of the first sweep range to the stop frequency of the last sweep range. Example: SENS:LIST:XADJ Usage:...
  • Page 689 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //and no sweep operation may be running! // If required, a sweep stop can be ensured by INIT:IMM;*WAI //---------------Configuring a Sweep List---------- LIST:RANG:COUNt? //Returns the number of measurement ranges in the sweep list. LIST:RANG4:DEL //Deletes the fourth range.
  • Page 690 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Defines an absolute limit of 10 dBm at the start and stop frequencies of range 1. LIST:RANG:LIM:STAT ON //Turns the limit check for all ranges on. //---------------Configuring the List Evaluation---------- CALC:PSE:MARG 100 //Sets the threshold to 100 dB.
  • Page 691 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:STAT:APD ON Switches on the APD measurement. CALCulate<n>:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe] <State> This command turns the CCDF on and off. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 692 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC1:MARK:Y:PERC 95PCT Positions marker 1 to a probability of 95 %. Manual operation: "Percent Marker (CCDF only)" on page 217 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:NSAMples <Samples> This command defines the number of samples included in the analysis of statistical measurement functions.
  • Page 693 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <t> irrelevant Parameters: <Length> Range: 100 ns to 1000 s *RST: 2 ms Default unit: s Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC:PER 5ms Defines the period for gated triggering to 5 ms. Manual operation: "Period"...
  • Page 694 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAT1 ON Activates gate range 1 for trace 1. Manual operation: "Range <x> Use" on page 219 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>:STOP<gr> <Time> This command defines the stop time for a gate range. Suffix: <t>...
  • Page 695 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Display range (x-axis) for APD measurements 100 dB ● Display range (x-axis) for CCDF measurements 20 dB ● Upper limit of the y-axis ● Lower limit of the y-axis 1E-6 Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 696 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel <RefLevel> This command sets the reference level for statistical measurements. The effects are identical to DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel. Note that in case of statistical measurements the reference level applies to the x-axis. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 697 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer <Magnitude> This command defines the upper vertical limit of the diagram. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Magnitude> The number is a statistical value and therefore dimensionless. Range: 1E-5 to 1.0 *RST: Example: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP 0.01 Manual operation:...
  • Page 698 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Level value for 10 % probability Return values: <CCDF Result> CALC:STAT:CCDF:X1? P10 Example: Returns the level values that are over 10 % above the mean value. Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:STATistics:RESult<res>? <ResultType> This command queries the results of a measurement for a specific trace.
  • Page 699 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Defines a trigger offset of 25 μs. CALC:STAT:APD ON //Activates APD measurement. CALC:STAT:NSAM 1000 //Sets the number of samples to be included in the statistical evaluation to 1000. //-------------Defining Gate ranges ----------------- SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:COMM 'GSM - useful part' //Defines a comment for the gate SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:PER 4.61536ms...
  • Page 700 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP 1.0 //Sets the maximum of the y-axis to 100% probability CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT //Displays percentage values on y-axis scale 10.6.10 Measuring the Time Domain Power All remote control commands specific to time domain power measurements are descri- bed here.
  • Page 701 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage <State> This command switches on or off averaging for the active power measurement in zero span in the window specified by the suffix <n>. If activated, a time domain value is cal- culated from the trace after each sweep;...
  • Page 702 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements When you turn the measurement on, the R&S FPL1000 activates a marker and posi- tions it on the peak power level in the marker search range. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 703 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: "Results" on page 228 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe] <State> This command turns the evaluation to determine the standard deviation of the time domain power on and off.
  • Page 704 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also on page 616.
  • Page 705 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Results" on page 228 Measuring the Peak Power CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average positive peak time domain power. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>: on page 701.
  • Page 706 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements See also on page 616. INITiate<n>:CONTinuous Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <PeakPower> Peak power of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Results" on page 228 Measuring the RMS Power CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average RMS of the time domain power.
  • Page 707 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult? This command queries the RMS of the time domain power. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode.
  • Page 708 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also on page 616.
  • Page 709 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Sets the sweep time to 640 µs. FREQ:SPAN 0 //Sets the instrument to zero span. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:STAT ON //Turns on time domain power measurements. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON //Turns the evalution of the mean, peak and RMS time domain power. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON //Activates limit lines for evaluation.
  • Page 710 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.11.1 Activating the Measurement The following command activates harmonic distortion measurement..........710 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe] <State> This command turns the harmonic distortion measurement on and off. Note the following: ● If you perform the measurement in the frequency domain, the search range for the frequency of the first harmonic, whose power is determined, is defined by the last span.
  • Page 711 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 identical ON | 1 a multiple *RST: Manual operation: "Harmonic RBW Auto" on page 236 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics <NoHarmonics>...
  • Page 712 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements on page 616, see Chapter 10.6.1, "Performing Mea- INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] surements", on page 614 10.6.11.4 Retrieving Results The following commands retrieve the results of the harmonic distortion measurement......... 712 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion? ...........712 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion? This command queries the total harmonic distortion of the signal.
  • Page 713 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.11.5 Example: Measuring the Harmonic Distortion //-------------Configuring the Measurement------------- *RST //Resets the instrument. INIT:CONT OFF //Turns on single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON //Turns on the harmonic distortion measurement. CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHAR 3 //Defines three harmonics to be found. CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:BAND:AUTO OFF //Turns off automatic bandwidth selection.
  • Page 714 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to TOI measurements ............714 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe] ........714 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:SEARchsignal ONCE ............714 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? ......... 715 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MAXimum? .......... 715 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MINimum? CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe] <State> This command initiates a measurement to determine the third intercept point. A two-tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the RF input of the instru- ment.
  • Page 715 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <TOI> Third order intercept point. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON Switches the intercept measurement. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end. CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES? Outputs the measured value.
  • Page 716 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also on page 616.
  • Page 717 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.13 Measuring the AM Modulation Depth All remote control commands specific to AM modulation depth measurements are described here. ● Configuring and Performing the Measurement............. 717 ● Example: Measuring the AM Modulation Depth............718 10.6.13.1 Configuring and Performing the Measurement...
  • Page 718 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:SEAR ONCE Executes the search of an AM modulated signal at the currently available trace. Manual operation: "Search Signals" on page 249 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult<t>? This command queries the results of the AM modulation depth measurement.. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 719 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES? //Queries the measurement results. //If the results are not accurate, change the position of the //the temporary markers manually. //----Changing the position of the temp markers----- CALC:MARK:X 100MHZ //Positions the reference marker on 100 MHz. CALC:DELT2:X 5KHZ //Positions delta marker 2 and 3 at a distance of 5 kHz to the reference marker.
  • Page 720 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.14.2 Configuring EMI Markers The commands required to configure EMI markers are described here. Useful commands for configuring EMI markers described elsewhere: ● on page 836 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] on page 834 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] ●...
  • Page 721 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.14.3 Configuring the EMI Final Test The commands required to configure the EMI final test are described here. Useful commands for configuring EMI final tests described elsewhere: ● on page 759 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE ●...
  • Page 722 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.14.4 Configuring EMI Limit Lines The commands required to define limit lines for EMI measurements are described in Chapter 10.8.9, "Configuring Display Lines", on page 891. 10.6.14.5 Controlling LISN The commands required to control a LISN are described here. This feature requires the optional additional interfaces (R&S FPL1-B5).
  • Page 723 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Available for networks with four phases (R&S ESH2Z5, R&S ENV4200 and R&S ENV432) *RST: Example: //Select phase L1 INP:LISN:PHAS L1 Manual operation: "Phase" on page 270 INPut<ip>:LISN[:TYPE] <Type> This command turns automatic control of a LISN on and off. It also selects the type of network.
  • Page 724 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.14.6 Retrieving EMI Results The commands required to retrieve EMI measurement results are described here. Useful commands for retrieving EMI measurement results described elsewhere: ● on page 837 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X on page 835 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X ●...
  • Page 725 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <li> Limit line Return values: <Condition> The marker has passed the limit check. The marker is inside the margins of a limit line. The marker has failed the limit check. Example: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:LIM2:LCON? Queries the condition of marker 1 in relation to limit line 2.
  • Page 726 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define the span to be analyzed FREQ:STAR 150kHz FREQ:STOP 1GHz //Configure two traces, one with peak detector, one with average detector DISP:TRAC1 ON DISP:TRAC2 ON DET1 POS DET2 AVER //----------- Configuring the measurement ------------ //Select EMI measurement CALC:MARK:FUNC:FME:STAT ON //Configure CISPR filter and RBW...
  • Page 727 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK6:FUNC:FME:DET CAV //----------- Configuring a limit check ------------- //Select EN55011A.LIN as limit line 1 CALC:LIM1:NAME "EN55011A.LIN" //Configure trace 1 to be checked against limit line 1 CALC:LIM1:TRAC1:CHEC ON //Clear the results of all previous limit checks CALC:LIM:CLE //----------- Performing the Measurement ------------ //Select single sweep mode.
  • Page 728 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 10.6.15 List Evaluations A list evaluation is a multiple power measurement that measures the power at up to 200 frequencies. The measurement itself is a time domain measurement. Note that if you set a span greater than 0, the R&S FPL1000 aborts the list evaluation.
  • Page 729 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: <PowerLevel> Power level for each frequency included in the measurement. The command returns up to 3 power levels for each frequency, depending on the number of evaluation modes you have turned on with [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:SET.
  • Page 730 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <RBW> Defines the resolution bandwidth for a list entry. <VBW> Defines the measurement time for a list entry. <MeasTime> Defines the measurement time for a list entry. Range: 1 µs to 16000 s Default unit: s <TriggerLevel>...
  • Page 731 ® R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements <GateLength> Defines the gate length for gated measurements. Setting 0 seconds turns gated measurements off. To perform gated measurements, the trigger source must be dif- ferent from IMMediate. Range: 31.25 ns to 30 s *RST: Default unit: s [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:STATe <State>...
  • Page 732 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements LIST:POW? 935.2MHZ,0,10,OFF,NORM,1MHZ,3MHZ,440us,0, 935.4MHZ,0,10,10,CFIL,30KHZ,100KHZ,440us,0, 935.6MHZ,0,10,20,CFIL,30KHZ,100KHZ,440us,0 //Defines a list with 3 entries, initiates the measurement and queries the results. //Result example: -28.3,-30.6,-38.1 10.6.16 Measuring the Pulse Power All remote control commands specific to measuring the mean or peak pulse power (e.g.
  • Page 733 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Instrument setup and querying of the result list at the end of the measurement: With this method, the control computer may be used for other activities while the measurement is being performed. However, more time is needed for synchroniza- tion via service request.
  • Page 734 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <PulsePeriod> Defines the pulse period. Default unit: s <OfPulses> Defines the number of pulses to measure. Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MSUM 50US,450US,576.9US,8 Evaluates data that contains 8 pulses during a measurement time of 450 µs and a pulse period of 576.9 µs. The evaluation starts with an offset of 50 µs.
  • Page 735 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Frequency> Defines the pulse frequency. Range: 0 to Fmax Default unit: Hz <RBW> Defines the resolution bandwidth. Default unit: HZ <MeasTime> Defines the measurement time. Range: 1 µs to 30 s Default unit: S <TriggerSource>...
  • Page 736 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only 10.6.16.2 Example: Performing a Pulse Power Measurement The following example shows a pulse power measurement. -----Measurement with synchronization via service request----- *ESE 1 *SRE 32 // Configures the status reporting system to produce a service request. MPOW:FTYP NORM //Selects a Gaussian filter for the measurement.
  • Page 737 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements FREQ:CENT 100MHz //Defines the center frequency FREQ:SPAN 100MHz //Sets the span to 50 MHz on either side of the center frequency. //--------------Configuring the Bandwidth---------------------- BAND:AUTO OFF BAND 1MHz //Defines the RBW as 1 MHz BAND:VID 500kHz //Decouples the VBW from the RBW and decreases it to smooth the trace.
  • Page 738 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements TRIG:LEV:IFP -10dBm TRIG:SLOP POS TRIG:DTIM 50ms TRIG:IFP:HYST 5dB TRIG:HOLD 10ms //Defines triggering when the second intermediate frequency rises to a level //of -10 dBm, with a dropout time of 50 ms, a hysteresis of 5 dB and a delay //of 10 ms.

  • Page 739: Remote Commands For Result Displays

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays TRAC:DATA? TRACE4 //Returns one power value per sweep point for each trace. TRAC:DATA:X? //Returns one frequency value per sweep point for each trace. 10.7 Remote Commands for Result Displays ● Working with Windows in the Display..............
  • Page 740 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays <Direction> LEFT | RIGHt | ABOVe | BELow Direction the new window is added relative to the existing win- dow. <WindowType> text value Type of result display (evaluation method) you want to add. See the table below for available parameter values.
  • Page 741 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Example: LAY:CAT? Result: '2',2,'1',1 Two windows are displayed, named '2' (at the top or left), and '1' (at the bottom or right). Usage: Query only LAYout:IDENtify[:WINDow]? <WindowName> This command queries the index of a particular display window in the active channel setup.
  • Page 742 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Example: LAY:MOVE '1','3',REPL Replaces the window named '3' by window 1. Window 3 is deleted. Usage: Setting only LAYout:REMove[:WINDow] <WindowName> This command removes a window from the display in the active channel. Setting parameters: <WindowName>...
  • Page 743 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Figure 10-1: SmartGrid coordinates for remote control of the splitters Setting parameters: <Index1> The index of one window the splitter controls. <Index2> The index of a window on the other side of the splitter. <Position>...
  • Page 744 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Example: LAY:SPL 1,4,70 Moves the splitter between window 1 ('Frequency Sweep') and 3 ('Marker Peak List') towards the top (70%) of the screen. The following commands have the exact same effect, as any combination of windows above and below the splitter moves the splitter vertically.
  • Page 745 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Suffix: <n> Window Return values: <WindowName> String containing the name of a window. In the default state, the name of the window is its index. Example: LAY:WIND2:IDEN? Queries the name of the result display in window 2. Response: Usage: Query only...
  • Page 746 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays 10.7.2 Examples: Configuring the Result Display The following example demonstrates how to configure result displays in a remote envi- ronment. 10.7.2.1 Example 1: Adding and Arranging Windows Starting from the default initial display in the Spectrum application (Frequency Sweep), we will configure the following result displays: 1 Frequency Sweep 3 Marker Table...
  • Page 747 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays LAY:SPL 2,4,60 //--------------- Querying all displayed windows ------------------ //Query the name and number of all displayed windows //(from top left to bottom right) LAY:CAT? //Result : '1',1,'2',2,'3',3,'4',4 //------------- Maximizing a Window ------------------ //Maximize the window "2 Spectrogram"...

  • Page 748: Setting Basic Spectrum Rf Measurement Parameters

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters LAY:CAT? //Result : '1',1,'2',2,'3',3,'4',4 //Remove Spectrogram LAY:WIND2:REM //Remove Marker Table window LAY:REM '3' //Replace Marker Peak List window by Marker Table LAY:REPL '4',MTAB //--------------- Querying all displayed windows ------------------ //Query the name and number of all displayed windows (from top left to bottom right) LAY:CAT? //Result : '1',1,'4',4...
  • Page 749 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ..............749 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CENTer ..............749 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CSTep ........749 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:X:SPACing ..................750 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer ................750 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP ..............751 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO ................751 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK ............751 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor ..................752 [SENSe:]FREQuency:OFFSet ....................752 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN ................... 753 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL ................... 753 [SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt ....................753 [SENSe:]FREQuency:STOP...
  • Page 750 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <t> Parameters: <Scale> LOGarithmic Logarithmic scaling. LINear Linear scaling. *RST: LINear Example: DISP:TRAC:X:SPAC LOG Manual operation: "Frequency Axis Scaling" on page 268 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer <Frequency> This command defines the center frequency. Parameters: <Frequency>...
  • Page 751 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: //Set the center frequency to 110 MHz. FREQ:CENT 100 MHz FREQ:CENT:STEP 10 MHz FREQ:CENT UP Manual operation: "Center Frequency Stepsize" on page 307 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO <State> This command couples or decouples the center frequency step size to the span. In time domain (zero span) measurements, the center frequency is coupled to the RBW.
  • Page 752 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Factor> 1 to 100 PCT *RST: Default unit: PCT Example: //Couple frequency step size to span and define a step size fac- FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT Manual operation: "Center Frequency Stepsize"...
  • Page 753 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL This command restores the full span. Manual operation: "Full Span" on page 306 [SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt <Frequency> This command defines a start frequency for measurements in the frequency domain. Parameters: <Frequency>...
  • Page 754 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters This includes: ● Center frequency ● Reference level Example: ADJ:ALL Manual operation: "Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically (Auto All)" on page 347 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:LEVel:DURation <Duration> In order to determine the ideal reference level, the R&S FPL1000 performs a measure- ment on the current input data.
  • Page 755 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:HYSTeresis:LOWer <Threshold> When the reference level is adjusted automatically using the [SENSe:]ADJust: on page 756 command, the internal attenuators and the preamplifier are also LEVel adjusted. In order to avoid frequent adaptation due to small changes in the input signal, you can define a hysteresis.
  • Page 756 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on [SENSe:]ADJust:FREQuency This command sets the center frequency to the frequency with the highest signal level in the current frequency range. Example: ADJ:FREQ Manual operation: "Adjusting the Center Frequency Automatically (Auto Fre- quency)"...
  • Page 757 ® R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: //Activate signal tracking to keep the center frequency on the signal pea //After each sweep the maximum on trace 1 is searched within a range of 2 //around the center frequency.
  • Page 758 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe <TraceNumber> This command selects the trace on which the largest signal is searched for. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <TraceNumber> 1 to 6 Range: 1 to 6 *RST: Manual operation: "Signal Tracking"...
  • Page 759 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Bandwidth> refer to data sheet *RST: RBW: AUTO is set to ON; DBW: 3MHz Default unit: Hz Example: BAND 1 MHz Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz Manual operation: "Analysis Bandwidth"...
  • Page 760 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The EMI-specific filter types are available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measurement option is installed, even if EMI measurement is not active. For details see "Resolution Bandwidth and Filter Types" on page 253.
  • Page 761 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: BAND:VID:AUTO OFF Manual operation: "VBW" on page 327 "RBW/VBW" on page 328 "Default Coupling" on page 329 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio <Ratio> [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:RATio <Ratio>...
  • Page 762 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to configuring sweeps: ....................762 [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt ................... 762 [SENSe:]SWEep:DURation? ..................763 [SENSe:]SWEep:FFTSubspan? ..................... 763 [SENSe:]SWEep:OPTimize ................764 [SENSe:]SWEep[:WINDow<n>]:POINts ....................764 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME ..................765 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO ..................765 [SENSe:]SWEep:TYPE:USED [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt <SweepCount> This command defines the number of sweeps that the application uses to average traces.
  • Page 763 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SWE:TIME 1s SWE:DUR? Reply: 27.9734842578 Usage: Query only Manual operation: " Sweep Time " on page 327 "Data capturing takes too long" on page 1025 [SENSe:]SWEep:FFTSubspan? Returns the number of FFT subspans required to cover the entire measurement range (read-only).
  • Page 764 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Table 10-5: Optimization parameters in zero span mode Optimization mode Description DYNamic The narrowest filter possible (depending on the RBW) is used. SPEed The widest filter possible (depending on the RBW) is used. AUTO A medium-sized prefilter is used.
  • Page 765 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: " Sweep Time " on page 138 " Sweep Time " on page 327 "Sweep Time" on page 339 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO <State> This command couples and decouples the sweep time to the span and the resolution and video bandwidths.
  • Page 766 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to amplitude configuration: ............766 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:REFerence ................... 766 CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer ......................766 UNIT<n>:POWer ............766 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel ........... 767 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:REFerence This command matches the reference level to the power level of a marker. If you use the command in combination with a delta marker, that delta marker is turned into a normal marker.
  • Page 767 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <t> irrelevant Parameters: <ReferenceLevel> The unit is variable. Range: see datasheet *RST: 0 dBm Default unit: DBM Example: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV -60dBm Manual operation: "Reference Level" on page 313 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet <Offset> This command defines a reference level offset (for all traces in all windows).
  • Page 768 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Attenuation> Range: see data sheet Increment: 5 dB (with optional electr. attenuator: 1 dB) *RST: 10 dB (AUTO is set to ON) Default unit: DB Example: INP:ATT 30dB Defines a 30 dB attenuation and decouples the attenuation from the reference level.
  • Page 769 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: INP:GAIN:STAT ON Switches on 20 dB preamplification. Manual operation: "Preamplifier" on page 316 10.8.3.4 Scaling the Y-Axis ..............769 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe] ..........
  • Page 770 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters When the display update during remote control is off, this command has no immediate effect. Suffix: <n> Window <w> subwindow <t> irrelevant Parameters: <Mode> ABSolute absolute scaling of the y-axis RELative relative scaling of the y-axis *RST:...
  • Page 771 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <t> Trace Parameters: <ScalingType> LOGarithmic Logarithmic scaling. LINear Linear scaling in %. Linear scaling in the specified unit. PERCent Linear scaling in %. *RST: LOGarithmic Example: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN Selects linear scaling in %. Manual operation: "Scaling"...
  • Page 772 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DTIMe <DropoutTime> Defines the time the input signal must stay below the trigger level before a trigger is detected again. Parameters: <DropoutTime> Dropout time of the trigger. Range: 0 s to 10.0 s *RST: Default unit: S Manual operation:...
  • Page 773 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: TRIG:SOUR EXT Sets an external trigger source. TRIG:IFP:HOLD 200 ns Sets the holding time to 200 ns. Manual operation: "Trigger Holdoff" on page 342 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis> This command defines the trigger hysteresis, which is only available for "IF Power" trig- ger sources.
  • Page 774 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <TriggerLevel> For details on available trigger levels and trigger bandwidths see the data sheet. *RST: -20 dBm Default unit: DBM Example: TRIG:LEV:IFP -30DBM Manual operation: "Trigger Level" on page 341 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IQPower <TriggerLevel>...
  • Page 775 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If a measurement is configured to wait for an external trigger signal in a remote control program, remote control is blocked until the trigger is received and the program can continue.
  • Page 776 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 10.8.4.2 Configuring Gated Measurements ....................776 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe ..................776 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff ..................777 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth ..................777 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity ................... 777 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce ..................778 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe <State> This command turns gated measurements on and off. The measurement ends when a particular number of measurement points has been recorded.
  • Page 777 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <DelayTime> Range: 0 s to 30 s *RST: Default unit: S Example: SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100us Manual operation: "Gate Delay" on page 345 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth <GateLength> This command defines the gate length. Parameters: <GateLength>...
  • Page 778 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Trigger Source" on page 339 "External Trigger 1" on page 340 "IF Power" on page 340 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE <Type> This command selects the way gated measurements are triggered. Parameters: <Type>...
  • Page 779 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters INPut<ip>:ATTenuation:PROTection:RESet This command resets the attenuator and reconnects the RF input with the input mixer for the R&S FPL1000 after an overload condition occurred and the protection mecha- nism intervened. The error status bit (bit 3 in the STAT:QUES:POW status register) and the INPUT OVLD message in the status bar are cleared.
  • Page 780 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "YIG-Preselector" on page 278 INPut<ip>:IMPedance <Impedance> This command selects the nominal input impedance of the RF input. In some applica- tions, only 50 Ω are supported. Suffix: <ip>...
  • Page 781 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <ip> 1 | 2 irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | 1 User port is switched to INPut OFF | 0 User port is switched to OUTPut *RST: INPut<ip>:UPORt[:VALue] This command queries the control lines of the user ports. For details see on page 800.
  • Page 782 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:PMETer<p>:CONFigure:AUTO[:STATe] <State> This command turns automatic assignment of a power sensor to the power sensor index on and off. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET:CONF:AUTO OFF...
  • Page 783 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET2:DEF '','NRP-Z81','', '123456' Assigns the power sensor with the serial number '123456' to the configuration "Power Sensor 2". SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET2:DEF? Queries the sensor assigned to "Power Sensor 2". Result: '','NRP-Z81','USB','123456' The NRP-Z81 power sensor with the serial number '123456' is assigned to the "Power Sensor 2".
  • Page 784 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:PMETer<p>:RELative[:MAGNitude] <RefValue> This command defines the reference value for relative measurements. Suffix: <n> Window <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <RefValue> Range: -200 dBm to 200 dBm *RST: Default unit: DBM Example: CALC:PMET2:REL -30 Sets the reference value for relative measurements to -30 dBm...
  • Page 785 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:PMET2:REL:STAT ON Activates the relative display of the measured value for power sensor 2. FETCh:PMETer<p>? This command queries the results of power sensor measurements. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Usage: Query only READ:PMETer<p>?
  • Page 786 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Percentage> Range: 0.001 to 99.999 *RST: 99.999 Default unit: % Example: PMET2:DCYC:STAT ON Activates the duty cycle correction. PMET2:DCYC:VAL 0.5 Sets the correction value to 0.5%. Manual operation: "Duty Cycle"...
  • Page 787 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:MTIMe <Duration> This command selects the duration of power sensor measurements. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <Duration> SHORt | NORMal | LONG *RST: NORMal Example: PMET2:MTIM SHOR Sets a short measurement duration for measurements of station- ary high power signals for the selected power sensor.
  • Page 788 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: PMET2:MTIM:AVER ON Activates manual averaging. Manual operation: "Meas Time/Average" on page 282 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:ROFFset[:STATe] <State> This command includes or excludes the reference level offset of the analyzer for power sensor measurements.
  • Page 789 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: PMET1 ON Switches the power sensor measurements on. Manual operation: "State" on page 280 "Select" on page 281 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:UPDate[:STATe] <State> This command turns continuous update of power sensor measurements on and off. If on, the results are update even if a single sweep is complete.
  • Page 790 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Unit> DB | PCT *RST: Example: UNIT:PMET:POW:RAT DB Manual operation: "Unit/Scale" on page 281 10.8.5.3 Internal Generator Commands The following commands are required to configure an internal generator. They are only available if the Tracking Generator option R&S FPL1-B9 is installed.
  • Page 791 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters SOURce<si>:INTernal:FREQuency <Frequency> Defines the frequency of the internal generator signal. Suffix: <si> irrelevant Parameters: <Frequency> Range: 5 kHz to 3 GHz Increment: 0.1 Hz *RST: 1 GHz Default unit: HZ Example: SOUR:INT:FREQ 2 GHz Manual operation:...
  • Page 792 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Tracking Generator Commands The following commands are required to configure an internal tracking generator. Useful commands for tracking generators described elsewhere: ● on page 790 OUTPut<up>[:STATe] ● on page 770 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition ●...
  • Page 793 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SOUR:INT:FREQ:OFFS 10kHz Manual operation: "Frequency Offset" on page 295 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] <State> This command turns correction of measurement results (normalization) on and off. The command is available after you have created a reference trace for the selected measurement type with [SENSe:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] on page 793.
  • Page 794 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Selects single sweep operation CORR:METH TRAN Selects a transmission measurement. CORR:COLL THR;*WAI Starts the measurement of reference data using direct connec- tion between generator and device input and waits for the sweep end.
  • Page 795 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:GENerate <Name> This command uses the normalized measurement data to generate a transducer factor with up to 1001 points. The trace data is converted to a transducer with unit dB and stored in a file with the specified name and the suffix .trd under C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\trd.
  • Page 796 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● on page 793 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] Remote commands exclusive to power sweeps: ................... 796 SOURce<si>:POWer:MODE ....................796 SOURce<si>:POWer:STARt .................... 797 SOURce<si>:POWer:STOP SOURce<si>:POWer:MODE <Mode> Enables or disables a power sweep. Suffix: <si> irrelevant Parameters: <Mode>...
  • Page 797 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters SOURce<si>:POWer:STOP <StopLevel> Defines the end power level of the internal generator signal for power sweeps. This value must be higher than the start level (see SOURce<si>:POWer:STARt on page 796). Suffix: <si>...
  • Page 798 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Retrieve the measured frequencies (10 Hz - 10 MHz) TRAC:DATA:X? TRACE1 //Retrieve the measured power levels; TRAC:DATA? TRACE1 //--------------Normalizing the calibration trace results ----------- //Retrieve the normalized power levels (= power offsets from calibration results) //Should be 0 for all sweep points directly after calibration SENS:CORR:STAT ON TRAC:DATA? TRACE1...
  • Page 799 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OUTPut<up>:IF[:SOURce] <Source> Defines the type of signal available at one of the output connectors of the R&S FPL1000. Suffix: <up> Parameters: <Source> The measured IF value is available at the IF/VIDEO output con- nector.
  • Page 800 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <up> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 User port is switched to INPut ON | 1 User port is switched to OUTPut Example: OUTP:UPOR:STAT ON OUTPut<up>:UPORt[:VALue] <Value>...
  • Page 801 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters HIGH A high signal (= 5 V) indicates the instrument is ready to receive a trigger. Example: OUTP:UPOR:WTR:POL HIGH The R&S FPL1000 waits for a 5-V-signal at the AUX PORT con- nector before accepting a trigger signal.
  • Page 802 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Volume> Percentage of the maximum possible volume. Range: 0 to 1 *RST: Example: SYST:SPE:VOL 0 Switches the loudspeaker to mute. Manual operation: "Data Output" on page 302 "Audio Output Volume" on page 382 10.8.6 Zooming into the Display 10.8.6.1...
  • Page 803 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <y1> Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system. The upper right corner is the end point of the system. Range: 0 to 100 Default unit: PCT...
  • Page 804 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:ZOOM:MULTiple<zn>:AREA <x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2> This command defines the zoom area for a multiple zoom. To define a zoom area, you first have to turn the zoom on. 1 = origin of coordinate system (x1 = 0, y1 = 0) 2 = end point of system (x2 = 100, y2= 100) 3 = zoom area (e.g.
  • Page 805 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <y2> Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system. The upper right corner is the end point of the system. Range: 0 to 100 Default unit: PCT...
  • Page 806 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 10.8.7.1 Configuring Standard Traces Useful commands for trace configuration described elsewhere ● DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:Y:SPACing on page 770 ● on page 769 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe] Remote commands exclusive to trace configuration .................806 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:MODE ......807 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:MODE:HCONtinuous ..........
  • Page 807 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters MINHold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed. The R&S FPL1000 saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is lower than the previous one.
  • Page 808 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>[:STATe] <State> This command turns a trace on and off. The measurement continues in the background. Suffix: <n> Window <w> subwindow Not supported by all applications <t> Trace Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 809 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If enabled, the trace is smoothed by the value specified using DISPlay[: on page 808. WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:SMOothing:APERture For more information see "Trace Smoothing" on page 397. Suffix: <n> Window <w> subwindow <t>...
  • Page 810 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <t> Trace Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 [SENSe:]AVERage<n>:TYPE <Mode> This command selects the trace averaging mode. Suffix: <n> 1..n Window Parameters: <Mode> LOGarithmic The logarithmic power values are averaged. LINear The power values are averaged before they are converted to logarithmic values.
  • Page 811 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters POSitive Positive peak QPEak Quasipeak (CISPR filter only) SAMPle First value detected per trace point RMS value AVERage Average CAVerage CISPR Average (CISPR filter only) CRMS CISPR RMS (CISPR filter only) *RST: APEak Example:...
  • Page 812 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE2 Copies the data from trace 2 to trace 1. Manual operation: "Copy Trace" on page 403 10.8.7.2 Configuring Spectrograms In addition to the standard "level versus frequency" or "level versus time" spectrum traces, the R&S FPL1000 also provides a spectrogram display of the measured data.
  • Page 813 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CLEar[:IMMediate] CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:CLEar[:IMMediate] This command resets the spectrogram and clears the history buffer. Suffix: <n> Window Example: //Reset the result display and clear the memory CALC:SGR:CLE Manual operation: "Clear Spectrogram" on page 332 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CONTinuous <State>...
  • Page 814 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Frames> The maximum number of frames depends on the history depth. Range: 1 to history depth Increment: 1 *RST: Example: //Select single sweep mode INIT:CONT OFF //Set the number of frames to 200 CALC:SGR:FRAM:COUN 200 Manual operation: "Frame Count"...
  • Page 815 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <History> The maximum number of frames depends on the number of sweep points. Range: 781 to 20000 Increment: 1 *RST: 3000 Example: //Set the history depth to 1500 CALC:SGR:SPEC 1500 Manual operation: "History Depth"...
  • Page 816 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:SGRam:THReedim[:STATe] <State> CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] <State> Activates or deactivates a 3-dimensional spectrogram for the selected result display. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on...
  • Page 817 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window Query parameters: <Frames> CURRent Returns the starting time of the current frame. Returns the starting time for all frames. The results are sorted in descending order, beginning with the current frame. Return values: <Seconds>...
  • Page 818 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: //Activates the time stamp CALC:SGR:TST ON Manual operation: "Time Stamp" on page 415 Configuring the Color Map ..............818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor:DEFault ............818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:DEFault ..............818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor:LOWer ............818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:LOWer ..............818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor:SHAPe ............818 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe...
  • Page 819 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Shape> Shape of the color curve. Range: -1 to 1 *RST: Manual operation: "Shape" on page 417 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor:UPPer <Percentage> DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:UPPer <Percentage> This command defines the end point of the color map. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 820 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Hot/Cold/Radar/Grayscale" on page 418 10.8.7.3 Using Trace Mathematics The following commands control trace mathematics............... 820 CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>[:EXPRession][:DEFine] ..................820 CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>:MODE ...................821 CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>:POSition ..................821 CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>:STATe CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>[:EXPRession][:DEFine] <Expression> This command selects the mathematical expression for trace mathematics. Before you can use the command, you have to turn trace mathematics on.
  • Page 821 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters LINear Linear calculation. LOGarithmic Logarithmic calculation. POWer Linear power calculation. *RST: LOGarithmic Example: CALC:MATH:MODE LIN Selects linear calculation. Manual operation: "Trace Math Mode" on page 423 CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>:POSition <Position> This command defines the position of the trace resulting from the mathematical opera- tion.
  • Page 822 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:MATH:STAT ON Turns on trace mathematics. Manual operation: "Trace Math Function" on page 423 "Trace Math Off" on page 423 10.8.7.4 Retrieving Trace Results This chapter describes how to retrieve data from standard traces. For spectrograms see also Chapter 10.8.8.6, "Marker Search (Spectrograms)",...
  • Page 823 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 32-bit floating-point numbers For I/Q data, 8 bytes per sample are returned for this format set- ting. 64-bit floating-point numbers Compared to REAL,32 format, twice as many numbers are returned.
  • Page 824 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Diagram" on page 118 "List Evaluation State (Result Summary)" on page 186 Table 10-6: Return values for TRACE1 to TRACE6 parameter The trace data consists of a list of power levels that have been measured. The number of power levels in the list depends on the currently selected number of sweep points.
  • Page 825 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <NoOfSwPoints> Number of sweep points to be retrieved from the trace. Return values: <SweepPointValues> Example: TRAC:DATA:MEM? TRACE1,25,100 Retrieves 100 sweep points from trace 1, starting at sweep point Usage: Query only TRACe<n>[:DATA]:X? <TraceNumber>...
  • Page 826 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Number of digits (= 4 in the example) of the following number of data bytes 1024 Number of following data bytes (= 1024 in the example) <Value> 2-byte/4-byte/8-byte floating point value Reading out data in binary format is quicker than in ASCII format.
  • Page 827 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Selects all active traces and result tables (e.g. Result Summary, marker peak list etc.) in the current application for export to an ASCII file. The <trace> parameter for the MMEMory:STORe<n>:TRACe command is ignored.
  • Page 828 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Imports several traces at once, overwriting the existing trace data for any active trace in the result display with the same trace number. Data from the import file for currently not active traces is not imported.
  • Page 829 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters trum display, in a new window. In addition, the usage of special spectrogram markers is demonstrated (see Chapter 10.8.8.6, "Marker Search (Spectrograms)", on page 851). Basic trace settings are demonstrated in the Chapter 10.6.17, "Programming Example: Performing a Basic Frequency Sweep",...
  • Page 830 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Includes all frames in the memory in the search area CALC:MARK1:SGR:FRAM -1s //Sets marker 1 to the frame 1 second after measurement begin. (Note the //negative value! CALC:MARK1:MIN //Sets marker 1 to the minimum level in this frame. CALC:MARK1:SGR:Y:MIN //Sets marker 1 to the minimum level for the same frequency the marker is //currently positioned at in all frames.
  • Page 831 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:SGR:TST:DATA? ALL //Queries the time stamps of all stored frames. CALC:SGR:FRAM:SEL -1 //Selects the frame that was captured 1 second after measurement start (Note the //negative value!). This frame is displayed in the Spectrum window. TRAC:DATA? SGR //Retrieves the trace data for the spectrogram.
  • Page 832 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ................. 835 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X ..................835 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:AOFF ............835 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<ms>:LINK:TO:MARKer<md> ................836 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] ................836 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:TRACe ..................837 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:AOFF This command turns off all delta markers. Suffix: <n> Window <m> irrelevant Example: CALC:DELT:AOFF Turns off all delta markers.
  • Page 833 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <ms> source marker, see Marker <md> destination marker, see Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example:...
  • Page 834 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Reference> FIXed Selects the fixed reference as the reference. Example: CALC:DELT3:MREF 2 Specifies that the values of delta marker 3 are relative to marker Manual operation: "Reference Marker" on page 263 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 835 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X <Position> This command moves a delta marker to a particular coordinate on the x-axis. If necessary, the command activates the delta marker and positions a reference marker to the peak power. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 836 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <md> destination marker, see Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK4:LINK:TO:MARK2 ON Links marker 4 to marker 2.
  • Page 837 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: //Assign marker to trace 1 CALC:MARK3:TRAC 2 Manual operation: "Assigning the Marker to a Trace" on page 264 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X <Position> This command moves a marker to a specific coordinate on the x-axis. If necessary, the command activates the marker.
  • Page 838 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OFF | 0 Turns off the marker table. AUTO Turns on the marker table if 3 or more markers are active. *RST: AUTO Example: DISP:MTAB ON Activates the marker table. Manual operation: "Marker Table Display"...
  • Page 839 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Marker Stepsize" on page 357 10.8.8.3 Configuring and Performing a Marker Search The following commands control the marker search................839 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:LOEXclude .................839 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:PEXCursion ..............840 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ..............840 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT ..............841 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:RIGHt...
  • Page 840 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Excursion> The excursion is the distance to a trace maximum that must be attained before a new maximum is recognized, or the distance to a trace minimum that must be attained before a new minimum is recognized *RST: 6 dB in the Spectrum application and RF displays...
  • Page 841 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <SearchLimit> The value range depends on the frequency range or sweep time. The unit is Hz for frequency domain measurements and s for time domain measurements. *RST: left diagram border Default unit: HZ Example: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON...
  • Page 842 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:ZOOM ON Switches the search limit function on. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 20MHz Sets the right limit of the search range to 20 MHz.
  • Page 843 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:THR:STAT ON Switches on the threshold line. Manual operation: "Deactivating All Search Limits" on page 157 "Search Threshold" on page 360 10.8.8.4 Positioning the Marker This chapter contains remote commands necessary to position the marker on a trace.
  • Page 844 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:LEFT This command moves a marker to the next lower peak. The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker posi- tion. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 845 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Peak" on page 365 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum:AUTO <State> This command turns an automatic marker peak search for a trace minimum on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the peak search after each sweep.
  • Page 846 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Minimum" on page 365 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker to the minimum level. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 847 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:LEFT This command moves a delta marker to the next higher value. The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker posi- tion. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 848 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Peak"...
  • Page 849 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:RIGHt This command moves a delta marker to the next higher minimum value. The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker posi- tion. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 850 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to retrieving marker results ..............850 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? ................850 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:Y? ..................850 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:Y? CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? This command queries the relative position of a delta marker on the x-axis. If necessary, the command activates the delta marker first.
  • Page 851 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Return values: <Result> Default unit: DBM Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Marker Table" on page 118 "Marker Peak List" on page 118 10.8.8.6 Marker Search (Spectrograms) The following commands automatically define the marker and delta marker position in the spectrogram.
  • Page 852 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ..........854 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] ........854 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] ..........854 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:ABOVe ......... 854 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe ..........855 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:BELow ..........855 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow ............855 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT ........... 855 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT ..........855 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] ..........855 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:FRAMe <Frame> CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe <Frame> | <Time> This command positions a marker on a particular frame.
  • Page 853 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters MEMory Performs a search within all frames in the memory. *RST: VISible Manual operation: "Marker Search Area" on page 363 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker to the highest level of the spectrogram. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 854 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction" on page 362 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:NEXT CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT This command moves a marker vertically to the next lower peak level for the current frequency.
  • Page 855 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:BELow CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow This command moves a marker vertically to the next higher minimum level for the cur- rent frequency. The search includes only frames below the current marker position. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker.
  • Page 856 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● on page 847 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:LEFT ● on page 847 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:NEXT ● on page 847 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum[:PEAK] ● on page 847 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt ● on page 848 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:LEFT ● on page 848 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:NEXT ●...
  • Page 857 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Frame> Selects a frame either by its frame number or time stamp. The frame number is available if the time stamp is off. The range depends on the history depth. The time stamp is available if the time stamp is on.
  • Page 858 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] This command moves a delta marker to the minimum level of the spectrogram over all frequencies. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe This command moves a marker vertically to the next higher level for the current fre- quency.
  • Page 859 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction" on page 362 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] This command moves a delta marker vertically to the highest level for the current fre- quency.
  • Page 860 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT This command moves a delta marker vertically to the next minimum level for the cur- rent frequency. The search includes all frames. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker.
  • Page 861 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Defining a Fixed Reference" on page 357 "Defining Reference Point" on page 374 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X <RefPoint> This command defines the horizontal position of the fixed delta marker reference point. The coordinates of the reference may be anywhere in the diagram.
  • Page 862 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Offset> Numeric value *RST: Default unit: dB CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] <State> This command activates or deactivates a marker that defines a fixed reference point for relative marker analysis. If necessary, the command activates a marker and positions it on the peak power.
  • Page 863 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to peak lists ......863 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:ANNotation:LABel[:STATe] ...........863 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt? ..........864 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate] ..........864 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:LIST:SIZE ............864 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT ............865 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:STATe ............865 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X? ............866 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y? CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:ANNotation:LABel[:STATe] <State> This command turns labels for peaks found during a peak search on and off.
  • Page 864 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate] <Peaks> This command initiates a peak search. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Peaks> This parameter defines the number of peaks to find during the search. Note that the actual number of peaks found during the search also depends on the peak excursion you have set with CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:PEXCursion.
  • Page 865 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> Marker Parameters: <SortMode> Sorts the peaks according to increasing position on the x-axis. Sorts the peaks according to decreasing position on the y-axis. *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y Sets the sort mode to decreasing y values Manual operation: "Sort Mode"...
  • Page 866 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y? This command queries the position of the peaks on the y-axis. The order depends on the sort order that has been set with CALCulate<n>: MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m>...
  • Page 867 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK2 ON Switches on marker 2. CALC:MARK2:FUNC:NOIS ON Switches on noise measurement for marker 2. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end. CALC:MARK2:FUNC:NOIS:RES? Outputs the noise result of marker 2.
  • Page 868 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to phase noise markers ..........868 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:AUTO ..........868 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? ..........869 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] ............869 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:AOFF ........... 869 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? ............ 870 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:AUTO <State> This command turns an automatic peak search for the fixed reference marker at the end of a sweep on and off.
  • Page 869 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Phase Noise Measurement State" on page 373 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] <State> This command turns the phase noise measurement at the delta marker position on and off. The reference marker for phase noise measurements is either a normal marker or a fixed reference.
  • Page 870 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <PhaseNoise> numeric value The difference between the measured carrier power and the noise power at the position of the specified (normal) marker. Example: CALC:MARK2:FUNC:PNO:RES? Outputs the result of phase-noise measurement of the marker 2.
  • Page 871 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:AOFF CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE <Mode> This command selects the way the results for a band power marker are displayed. (Note: relative power results are only availabe for delta markers, .CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE on page 872 Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 872 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN <Span> This command defines the bandwidth around the marker position. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Span> Frequency. The maximum span depends on the marker position and R&S FPL1000 model. *RST: 5% of current span Default unit: Hz...
  • Page 873 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Mode> POWer Result is displayed as an absolute power. The power unit depends on the setting. CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer DENSity Result is displayed as a density in dBm/Hz. RPOWer This setting is only available for a delta band power marker.
  • Page 874 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Span" on page 380 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] <State> This command turns delta markers for band power measurements on and off. If neccessary, the command also turns on a reference marker. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 875 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB Sets the distance to the reference marker to 3 dB. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency? This command queries the position of the n dB down markers on the x-axis when mea- suring in the frequency domain.
  • Page 876 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? This command queries the distance of the n dB down markers from each other. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 877 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "n dB down Marker State" on page 376 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME? This command queries the position of the n dB down markers on the x-axis when mea- suring in the time domain. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 878 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The frequency counter is not available if the tracking generator is active (see "Tracking Generator Settings" on page 294). To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 879 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK ON Switches on marker 2. CALC:MARK:COUN ON Activates the frequency counter for marker 1. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end. CALC:MARK:COUN:FREQ? Outputs the measured value of marker 1.
  • Page 880 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous <State> This command turns continuous demodulation of the signal at the marker position in the frequency domain on and off. In the time domain continuous demodulation is always on. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 881 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> Marker Parameters: <DemodMode> AM demodulation FM demodulation FM demodulation AC video demodulation AUDio Audio demodulation *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM Manual operation: "Modulation" on page 382 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] <State> This command turns the audio demodulator on and off when the measurement rea- ches a marker position.
  • Page 882 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: DEM:SQU:LEV 80 Sets the squelch level to 80% of the displayed signal. [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch[:STATe] <State> This command turns selective demodulation at the marker position on and off. For selective demodulation, the R&S FPL1000 turns on a video trigger whose level correponds to the squelch level.
  • Page 883 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //--------------Configuring marker behavior ------------------ DISP:MTAB ON //Marker information is always displayed in a separate table. CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN //The marker moves from one pixel to the next instead of sweep points in manual op. CALC:MARK:PEXC 6dB //Defines a peak excursion of 6 dB.
  • Page 884 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:MARK4:Y? CALC:DELT5:Y? CALC:DELT6:Y? //Retrieves the marker levels of each active normal and delta marker. CALC:DELT5:X:REL? CALC:DELT6:X:REL? //Retrieves the frequency difference between the delta marker and marker 1. //--------------Deactivating all markers --------------------- //CALC:MARK:AOFF //CALC:DELT:AOFF Example: Marker Search in Spectrograms...
  • Page 885 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Move marker 4 to the next higher level in the frames above its current position. CALC2:MARK4:SPEC:Y:MAX:ABOV Basic Frequency Sweep Measurement for Marker Function Examples Since markers can only be placed on an existing trace, the following example provides a simple frequency sweep measurement to be used as a basis for the subsequent marker function scripts.
  • Page 886 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: Obtaining a Marker Peak List This example demonstrates how to obtain a marker peak list in a basic spectrum mea- surement in a remote environment. It assumes that the basic frequency sweep descri- bed in "Basic Frequency Sweep Measurement for Marker Function Examples"...
  • Page 887 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: Measuring Phase Noise This example demonstrates how to measure phase noise using markers in a basic spectrum measurement in a remote environment. It assumes that the basic frequency sweep described in "Basic Frequency Sweep Measurement for Marker Function Exam- ples"...
  • Page 888 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters for Marker Function Examples" on page 885 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instrument. //------------- Configuring the band power marker ------------------- CALC:MARK1 ON //Activates marker1 and sets it to the maximum power level CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON //Activates the band power measurement for the band around marker 1 CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:SPAN 30MHz...
  • Page 889 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Sets the level offset to 3 dB CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON //Activates the n dB down measurement //---------------Retrieving Results------------- CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES? //Returns the bandwidth at the specified power offset. CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ? //Returns the frequencies of the temporary markers at the power offsets CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:QFAC? //Returns the quality factor of the resulting bandwidth Examples: Demodulating Marker Values and Providing Audio Output...
  • Page 890 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: Demodulating and Providing Audio Output Continuously This example demonstrates how to demodulate markers and provide audio output in a basic spectrum measurement in a remote environment. It assumes that the basic fre- quency sweep described in Chapter 10.6.17, "Programming Example: Performing a Basic Frequency...
  • Page 891 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 10.8.9 Configuring Display Lines The commands required to configure display lines in a remote environment are descri- bed here....................891 CALCulate<n>:DLINe<dl> ..................891 CALCulate<n>:DLINe<dl>:STATe ....................892 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl> ..................892 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl>:STATe ....................892 CALCulate<n>:PLINe<dl>...
  • Page 892 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl> <Frequency> This command defines the position of a frequency line. Suffix: <n> Window <dl> 1 to 4 frequency line Parameters: <Frequency> Note that you can not set a frequency line to a position that is outside the current span.
  • Page 893 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <GeneratorLevel> Range: -60 to +10 *RST: line 1: -30 dBm, line 2: -20 dBm Default unit: DBM Example: CALC:PLIN2 1dBm Sets power line 2 to a level of 1 dBm. Manual operation: "Vertical Line <x>"...
  • Page 894 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:TLINe<dl>:STATe <State> This command turns a time line on and off Suffix: <n> Window <dl> 1 to 4 time line Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 895 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ..................901 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UNIT ................901 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer[:DATA] ................901 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:MARGin ................902 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:MODE ................902 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:OFFSet ................903 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:SHIFt ................903 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:SPACing ................903 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:STATe ..............904 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:THReshold CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:COMMent <Comment> This command defines a comment for a limit line. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 896 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <li> Limit line Parameters: <SpanSetting> FREQuency | TIME FREQuency For limit lines that apply to a range of frequencies. TIME For limit lines that apply to a period of time. *RST: FREQuency Example:...
  • Page 897 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol:SHIFt <Distance> This command moves a complete limit line horizontally. Compared to defining an offset, this command actually changes the limit line definition points by the value you define. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 898 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <LimitLinePoints> Variable number of level values. Note that the number of vertical values has to be the same as the number of horizontal values set with CALCulate<n>: LIMit<li>:CONTrol[:DATA]. If not, the R&S FPL1000 either adds missing values or ignores surplus values.
  • Page 899 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer:OFFSet <Offset> This command defines an offset for a complete lower limit line. Compared to shifting the limit line, an offset does not actually change the limit line defi- nition points.
  • Page 900 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer:STATe <State> This command turns a lower limit line on and off. Before you can use the command, you have to select a limit line with CALCulate<n>: on page 900. LIMit<li>:NAME Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 901 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Name> String containing the limit line name. *RST: REM1 to REM8 for lines 1 to 8 Manual operation: "Name" on page 435 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UNIT <Unit> This command defines the unit of a limit line. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 902 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> Limit line Parameters: <Margin> numeric value *RST: Default unit: dB Manual operation: "Margin" on page 436 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:MODE <Mode> This command selects the vertical limit line scaling. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 903 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:SHIFt <Distance> This command moves a complete upper limit line vertically. Compared to defining an offset, this command actually changes the limit line definition points by the value you define. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 904 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:THReshold <Limit> This command defines an absolute limit for limit lines with a relative scale. The R&S FPL1000 uses the threshold for the limit check, if the limit line violates the threshold.
  • Page 905 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Visibility" on page 433 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:COPY <Line> This command copies a limit line. Suffix: <n> Window <li> Limit line Parameters: <Line> 1 to 8 number of the new limit line <name>...
  • Page 906 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:LIM:STAT ON Switches on the limit check for limit line 1. Manual operation: "Disable All Lines" on page 434 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:TRACe<t>:CHECk <State>...
  • Page 907 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <FileName> String containing the path and name of the target file. <LimitLineName> Name of the limit line to be exported. Example: MMEM:STOR:LIM 'C:\TEST', 'UpperLimitLine' Stores the limit line named "UpperLimitLine" in the file TEST.CSV.
  • Page 908 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT;*WAI Starts a new sweep and waits for its end. CALC2:LIM3:FAIL? Queries the result of the check for limit line 3 in window 2. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Limit Check <n>"...
  • Page 909 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:LIM3:UNIT DB CALC:LIM3:CONT 1 MHz,50MHz,100 MHz,150MHz,200MHz //Defines 5 horizontal definition points for limit line 3. CALC:LIM3:LOW -90,-60,-40,-60,-90 //Defines 5 definition points relative to the reference level for limit line 3. CALC:LIM3:LOW:SHIF 2 //Shifts the limit line 3 by 2dB.

  • Page 910: Managing Settings And Results

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results DISP:TRAC2 ON DISP:TRAC2:MODE AVER DISP:TRAC3 ON DISP:TRAC3:MODE MAXH //Configures 3 traces: 1 (default): clear/write; 2: average; 3: max hold //------------- Configuring the limit check ------------------- MMEM:LOAD:TYPE REPL MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'LimitLines_FM1_FM3' //Loads the limit lines stored in 'LimitLines_FM1_FM3' CALC:LIM1:NAME 'FM1' CALC:LIM1:UPP:STAT ON //Activates upper limit FM1 as line 1.
  • Page 911 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results For details on storage locations refer to Chapter 7.2.2.2, "Storage Location and File- name", on page 468. The file names (<FileName> parameter) are given as string parameters enclosed in quotation marks. They also comply with Windows conventions. Windows file names do not distinguish between uppercase and lowercase notation.
  • Page 912 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results ................916 MMEMory:NETWork:UNUSeddrives ..................916 MMEMory:NETWork:USEDdrives ....................917 MMEMory:RDIRectory FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator <Separator> This command selects the decimal separator for data exported in ASCII format. Parameters: <Separator> POINt | COMMa COMMa Uses a comma as decimal separator, e.g. 4,05. POINt Uses a point as decimal separator, e.g.
  • Page 913 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: MMEM:CAT? 'C:\Data\SPOOL6.PNG' Query whether the file 'SPOOL6.PNG' also exists in the directory; Result: -256,"File name not found;:MMEMory:CATalog? 'C:\Data\SPOOL6.PNG' Manual operation: "Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files" on page 184 MMEMory:CATalog:LONG <Directory>...
  • Page 914 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Parameters: <FileName> String containing the path and file name of the source file. <FileName> String containing the path and name of the target file. The path may be relative or absolute. MMEMory:DATA <FileName>[, <Data>] MMEMory:DATA? <FileName>...
  • Page 915 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:MDIRectory <Directory> This command creates a new directory. Parameters: <Directory> String containing the path and new directory name The path may be relative or absolute. MMEMory:MOVE <FileName>, <FileName> This command moves a file to another directory. The command also renames the file if you define a new name in the target directory.
  • Page 916 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:NETWork:DISConnect <Drive>[, <State>] This command disconnects a network drive. Parameters: <Drive> String containing the drive name. <State> 1 | 0 | ON | OFF Optional: determines whether disconnection is forced or not 1 | ON Disconnection is forced.
  • Page 917 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results You do not have to use the parameter. If you do not include the parameter, the command returns a list of all drives in use. This is the same behavior as if you were using the parameter OFF.
  • Page 918 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results The items are: ● Hardware configuration: on page 918 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings ● Limit lines: on page 919 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ● Spectrogram data: on page 920 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SGRam ● Trace data: MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe<1...3>[:ACTive] on page 920 ●...
  • Page 919 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL <State> MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL <State> This command includes or excludes all limit lines (active and inactive) when storing or loading a configuration file. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: MMEM:SEL:LIN:ALL ON...
  • Page 920 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram <State> MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SGRam <State> This command includes or excludes spectrogram data when storing or loading a con- figuration file. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: MMEM:SEL:SGR ON Adds the spectrogram data to the list of data subsets.
  • Page 921 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results .....................921 MMEMory:CLEar:ALL ....................921 MMEMory:CLEar:STATe ....................921 MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO ....................922 MMEMory:LOAD:STATe ....................923 MMEMory:LOAD:TYPE ..................923 MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe ................924 MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe:NEXT ..................924 MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TYPE ......................924 SYSTem:PRESet ................. 924 SYSTem:PRESet:CHANnel[:EXEC] MMEMory:CLEar:ALL This command deletes all instrument configuration files in the current directory. You can select the directory with on page 913.
  • Page 922 ® R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <1>, <FileName> This command restores and activates the instrument configuration stored in a *.dfl file. Note that files with other formats cannot be loaded with this command. The contents that are reloaded from the file are defined by the last selection made either in the "Save/Recall"...
  • Page 923 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: "Recall" on page 467 "Recall in New Channel / Recall in Current Channel" on page 471 MMEMory:LOAD:TYPE <Type> This command defines whether the channel setups that will be loaded with the subse- quent MMEM:LOAD:STAT command will replace the current channel setup or activate a new channel setup.
  • Page 924 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe:NEXT This command saves the current instrument configuration in a *.dfl file. The file name depends on the one you have set with MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe on page 923. This command adds a consecutive number to the file name. Suffix: <1|2>...
  • Page 925 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Use INST:SEL to select the channel setup. For details see Chapter 7.1, "Restoring the Default Instrument Configuration (Preset)", on page 463. Example: INST:SEL 'Spectrum2' Selects the channel setup for "Spectrum2". SYST:PRES:CHAN:EXEC Restores the factory default settings to the "Spectrum2"...
  • Page 926 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results DISPlay:LOGO <State> Activates/deactivates the printout of the Rohde & Schwarz company logo at the top of each page. Parameters: <State> 1 | 0 | ON | OFF 1 | ON Logo is printed. 0 | OFF Logo is not printed.
  • Page 927 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: HCOP:DEST1 'SYST:COMM:CLIP' HCOP:CONT WIND HCOP:DEST1? //Result: 'MMEM' HCOP:DEV:LANG1? //Result: 'PDF' "Print to clipboard" is automatically switched to "print to PDF file" when the contents are switched to "multiple windows". Manual operation: "Print Screenshot"...
  • Page 928 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results 'MMEM' Activates "Print to file". Thus, if the destination of the print func- tion is set to "printer" (see HCOP:DEST1 'SYSTem:COMMuni GDI), the output is redir- cate:PRINter' HCOP:DEV:LANG ected to a .PRN file using the selected printer driver. Select the file name with MMEMory:NAME.
  • Page 929 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results *RST: HCOP:DEV:COL ON Example: HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> <arg0> This command selects the file format for a print job or to store a screenshot to a file. Suffix: <1|2> Irrelevant. Parameters: <arg0> GDI | BMP | PNG | JPEG | JPG | DOC | PDF | SVG | RTF Graphics Device Interface Default format for output to a printer configured under Windows.
  • Page 930 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]:NEXT This command initiates a print job. If you are printing to a file, the file name depends on MMEMory:NAME. This command adds a consecutive number to the file name. Suffix: <1|2>...
  • Page 931 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: HCOP:PAGE:MARG2:BOTT 2 Manual operation: "Margins" on page 487 HCOPy:PAGE:MARGin<1|2>:LEFT <Left> This command defines the margin at the left side of the printout page on which no ele- ments are printed. The margins are defined according to HCOPy:PAGE: on page 932.
  • Page 932 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:PAGE:MARGin<1|2>:UNIT <Unit> This command defines the unit in which the margins for the printout page are config- ured. Suffix: <1|2> Irrelevant. Parameters: <Unit> MM | IN millimeters inches *RST: Example: HCOP:PAGE:MARG2:BOTT 2 Manual operation: "Margins"...
  • Page 933 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results 1 | ON The channel setup windows are included in the printout. 0 | OFF The channel setup windows are not included in the printout. *RST: Example: HCOP:CONT WIND HCOP:PAGE:WIND2:CHAN 'IQ Analyzer',0 HCOP:PAGE:WIND2:STAT 'IQ Analyzer','1',1 Prints only window 1 in the IQ Analyzer channel setup.
  • Page 934 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: "Scaling" on page 487 HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:STATe <arg0>, <arg1>, <arg2> This command selects the windows to be included in the printout for HCOPy:CONTent on page 926. Suffix: <1|2> irrelevant Parameters: <arg0> String containing the name of the channel setup.
  • Page 935 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt This command queries the name of the first available printer. To query the name of other installed printers, use SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter: on page 935. ENUMerate[:NEXT] Manual operation: "Printer Name" on page 485 SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT] This command queries the name of available printers.
  • Page 936 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results ..................937 MMEMory:STORe<n>:SGRam ................937 MMEMory:STORe<n>:SPECtrogram ..................937 MMEMory:STORe<n>:SPURious FORMat:DEXPort:HEADer <State> If enabled, additional instrument and measurement settings are included in the header of the export file for result data. If disabled, only the pure result data from the selected traces and tables is exported.
  • Page 937 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:STORe<n>:SGRam <FileName> MMEMory:STORe<n>:SPECtrogram <FileName> This command exports spectrogram data to an ASCII file. The file contains the data for every frame in the history buffer. The data corresponding to a particular frame begins with information about the frame number and the time that frame was recorded.
  • Page 938 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results ..................942 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO ................942 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO:CONTrol ..................942 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:SELect ..............943 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:CATalog? ................ 944 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:DELete ................944 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:LOAD ................944 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:SAVE ....................944 HCOPy:TREPort:NEW .....................945 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGesize .................945 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe ..................945 HCOPy:TREPort:PCOLors[:STATe] .................945 HCOPy:TREPort:TDSTamp[:STATe] ..................946 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:REMove ................
  • Page 939 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: " Report Append" on page 504 HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription <Description> This command defines the description of the test report as shown on its title page. Parameters: <Description> String containing the description of the test report. Example: HCOP:TREP:DESC 'A short summary of the test report.'...
  • Page 940 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:HEAD:LINE4:TITL '' HCOP:TREP:ITEM:HEAD:LINE4:TEXT '' Defines an empty string for line 4 of the report header. HCOP:TREP:ITEM:HEAD:LINE4:CONT NEV Removes line 4 from the header of the test report. Manual operation: "Visibility" on page 500 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:TEXT <Description>...
  • Page 941 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results • Line 1: "Heading" • Line 2: "Meas Type" • Line 3: "Equipment under Test" • Line 4: "Manufacturer" • Line 5: "OP Condition" • Line 6: "Test Spec" Make sure that the title string is not too long, because strings that are too long could mess up the layout of the report.
  • Page 942 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO <FileName> This command selects a graphic (for example a company logo) that is shown at the top of each page in the test report. on page 942 to select the conditions HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO:CONTrol under which the picture is shown.
  • Page 943 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Note that the items, separated by commas, have to be written into one string (see example below). The available items depend on the application you are using. See the tables below for a short description of each item. Per default, some items are selected (see tables below).
  • Page 944 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:DELete <Template> This command deletes a test report template. Parameters: <Template> String containing the name of the template. Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:TEMP:DEL 'myTemplate' Deletes a test report template. Usage: Event HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:LOAD <Template> This command loads a test report template. Parameters: <Template>...
  • Page 945 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: " Report New" on page 503 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGesize <Size> This command selects the size of the test report document. Parameters: <Size> Document pages have an A4 size. Document pages have a US letter size. *RST: Example: HCOP:TREP:PAG A4...
  • Page 946 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: HCOP:TREP:TDST OFF Does not show any time or date information in the test report. Manual operation: "Date" on page 496 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:REMove <Dataset> This command deletes one of the datasets that are currently part of a test report. Note that the command only deletes datasets as a whole (= complete chapters).
  • Page 947 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe <Title> This command defines the title for the test report as shown on its title page. Parameters: <Title> String containing the title. Example: HCOP:TREP:TITL 'My first test report' Defines a title for a test report. HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe <State>...
  • Page 948 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results //Returns a list of free drive names in the network. MMEM:NETW:MAP 'Q:','Server\ACLRTest' //Maps drive Q: to the directory 'Server\ACLRTest' //-----Saving data on the instrument----- MMEM:MDIR 'C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\Results' //Creates a directory called 'Results' on drive C: MMEM:NAME 'C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\Results\Test001.txt' //Defines a file called 'Test001.txt' MMEM:COMM 'ACLR test results'...
  • Page 949 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results 10.9.7.3 Storing Instrument Settings In this example we will store the instrument settings for the "Spectrum" channel setup. INST:SEL 'SPECTRUM' //Selects measurement channel 'SPECTRUM'. MEMM:STOR:TYPE CHAN //Specifies that channel-specific data is to be stored. MMEM:STOR:STAT 1, 'C:\R_S\Instr\user\Spectrum' //Stores the channel settings from the 'Spectrum' channel // to the file 'Spectrum.dfl'.
  • Page 950 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM? //Returns the available printers, e.g. //'LASER on LPT1' //'' //Means that one printer is available. SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL2 'LASER on LPT1' //Selects the printer for the print job on device 2. HCOP:PAGE:ORI2 LAND //Selects the landscape format for the printout.

  • Page 951: Configuring The R&S Fpl1000

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 HCOP:PAGE:MARG1:BOTT 20 HCOP:PAGE:MARG1:LEFT 20 HCOP:PAGE:MARG1:RIGH 20 HCOP:PAGE:MARG1:TOP 20 //Configure the use of optimized colors for printout HCOP:CMAP:DEF2 //Set format of printout to PDF. HCOP:DEV:LANG1 PDF //Define file name of printout MMEM:NAME 'C:\R_S\instr\user\MeasurementTestReport.pdf' //Store pdf of printout to file HCOP:IMM 10.10 Configuring the R&S FPL1000...
  • Page 952 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 10.10.2 Calibration and Checks The following commands control calibration and checks on the R&S FPL1000......................952 CALibration[:ALL]? .......................952 CALibration:RESult? ............953 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:CFRequency ............953 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:MCFRequency ..............953 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:RF[:SPECtrum] ................953 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] ................
  • Page 953 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Example: CAL:RES? would return, e.g. Total Calibration Status: PASSED, Date (dd/mm/yyyy): 12/07/2004, Time: 16:24:54,Runtime: 00.06 Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Alignment Results:" on page 545 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:CFRequency <Frequency> This command defines the frequency of the calibration signal. Before you can use the command, you have to feed in a calibration signal with on page 953.
  • Page 954 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 MCALibration Uses the calibration signal for the microwave range as RF input. Uses the signal from the RF input. *RST: Example: DIAG:SERV:INP CAL Uses the calibration signal as RF input. Manual operation: "NONE"...
  • Page 955 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 10.10.3 Working with Transducers The following commands configure and control transducer factors. Useful commands for transducer management described elsewhere ● on page 920 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL Remote commands exclusive to transducer management ..........955 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe] ..............955 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:CATalog?
  • Page 956 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 <FreeDiskSpace> numeric value in bytes Amount of free storage space on the R&S FPL1000 <FileSize> numeric value in bytes Size of a single transducer file <FileName> string Name of a single transducer file Example: SENSE:CORR:TRAN:CAT? //Result: 2743,2312620544,720,'FactorGSM.TDF',2023,'FactorBTS.TDF'...
  • Page 957 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete This command deletes the currently selected transducer factor. Before you can use the command, you have to select a transducer. Example: CORR:TRAN:DEL Manual operation: "Delete Line" on page 536 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing <ScalingType> This command selects the frequency scaling of the transducer factor.
  • Page 958 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <Unit> string as defined in table below *RST: Example: CORR:TRAN:UNIT 'DBUV' Manual operation: "Unit" on page 537 String Unit 'DB' 'DBM' 'DBMV' dBmV 'DBUV' dBμV 'DBUV/M' dBμV/m (Requires R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) 'DBUA' dBμA 'DBUA/M'...
  • Page 959 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Example: MMEM:STOR:TFAC 'C:\TEST', 'Transducer1' Stores the transducer factor named "Transducer1" in the file TEST.CSV. Manual operation: "Export" on page 538 10.10.4 Customizing the Screen Layout The remote commands required to set up the display of the R&S FPL1000 are descri- bed here.
  • Page 960 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 DISPlay:BLIGhting <Brightness> Changes the brightness of the display in eight steps. Parameters: <Brightness> integer Range: 0 to 7 *RST: Example: DISP:BLIG 3 Reduces the brightness of the display. Manual operation: "Background Lighting" on page 510 DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency <State>...
  • Page 961 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: DISP:TBAR ON Manual operation: "Toolbar" on page 511 DISPlay:TOUChscreen[:STATe] <State> This command controls the touch screen functionality. Parameters: <State> ON | FRAMe | OFF ON | 1 Touch screen is active for entire screen OFF | 0...
  • Page 962 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 dd.mm.yyyy hh:mm:ss 24 hour format. mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss 12 hour format. *RST: Example: DISP:TIME ON Switches the screen display of date and time on. DISP:TIME:FORM US Switches the date and time format to US. Manual operation: "Date and Time Format"...
  • Page 963 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Manual operation: "Set Date and Time" on page 510 10.10.4.2 Colors and Themes Useful commands to customize display colors described elsewhere The HCOPY commands define the print colors and thus only take effect on the display colors, if the display shows the printing colors.
  • Page 964 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 DISPlay:THEMe:SELect <Theme> This command selects the display theme. Parameters: <Theme> String containing the name of the theme. *RST: Example: DISP:THEM:SEL "BlueOcean" Manual operation: "Theme" on page 515 10.10.5 Remote Commands for Language Settings ..................
  • Page 965 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 .......................967 SYSTem:LANGuage ....................967 SYSTem:LXI:LANReset ..................... 967 SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription ....................967 SYSTem:LXI:PASSword .................... 968 SYSTem:REVision:FACTory SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess <Address> This command sets the GPIB address of the R&S FPL1000. Parameters: <Address> Range: 0 to 30 *RST: (no influence on this parameter, factory default 20) Example:...
  • Page 966 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 ON | 1 The function is not available and the display is not updated dur- ing remote operation. *RST: SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate <State> This command turns the display during remote operation on and off. If on, the R&S FPL1000 updates the diagrams, traces and display fields only.
  • Page 967 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:KLOCk <State> This command activates the local lockout (remote control) or returns to the local mode. Parameters: <State> LLO (local lockout) GTL (go to local) *RST: Example: SYST:KLOC ON Activates LLO (remote control) Manual operation: "Local"...
  • Page 968 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:REVision:FACTory Resets the response to the REV? query to the factory default value. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Resetting the Factory Revision" on page 573 10.10.7 Checking the System Configuration The following commands are required to check the system configuration on the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 969 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Example: DIAG:SERV:BIOS? Returns the BIOS version. Usage: Query only DIAGnostic:SERVice:HWINfo? This command queries hardware information. Return values: <Hardware> String containing the following information for every hardware component. <component>: name of the hardware component <serial#>: serial number of the component <order#>: order number of the component <model>: model of the component...
  • Page 970 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Note: The remote error list is automatically cleared when the R&S FPL1000 is shut down. Example: SYST:ERR:CLE:REM Manual operation: "Display Remote Errors" on page 570 "Clear Error List" on page 576 SYSTem:ERRor:EXTended? <MessageType>[, <ChannelName>] This command queries all system messages, or all messages of a defined type, dis- played in the status bar for a specific channel setup (application).
  • Page 971 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 REMote Queries the error messages that occurred during remote opera- tion. Note: The remote error list is automatically cleared when the R&S FPL1000 is shut down. Return values: <SystemMessages> String containing all messages in the "System Messages" table. <RemoteErrors>...
  • Page 972 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <IDNFormat> NEW | FSL R&S FPL1000 format Format is also compatible to the R&S FSL and R&S FSV family *RST: not reset! 10.10.8 Using Service Functions ..................972 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction ..............972 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:LASTresult? .............
  • Page 973 ® R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clear Results" on page 530 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:SAVE [<FileName>] This command saves the results of the most recent service function you have used. Parameters: <FileName> String containing the file name. Manual operation: "Save Results"...

  • Page 974: Emulating Other Instruments' Commands

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Manual operation: "Password" on page 530 SYSTem:PASSword:RESet Clears any previously provided password and returns to the most restrictive service level. Manual operation: "Password" on page 530 10.11 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands The R&S FPL1000 analyzer family supports a subset of the GPIB commands of sev- eral HP and PSA instruments.
  • Page 975 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Example: SYSTem:HPC HP Manual operation: "Coupling" on page 573 SYSTem:IFGain:MODE <Mode> Configures the internal IF gain settings in HP emulation mode due to the application needs. This setting is only taken into account for resolution bandwidth < 300 kHz and is only available if a HP language is selected using on page 975.
  • Page 976 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands SYSTem:REVision[:STRing] <Name> Sets the response to the REV? query to the defined string (HP emulation only, see on page 975). SYSTem:LANGuage Parameters: <Name> Example: Define the system language: SYST:LANG '8563E' Query the revision: REV? Response: 920528...
  • Page 977 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands In many cases the selection of commands supported by the R&S FPL1000 is sufficient to run an existing GPIB program without adaptation. After the introduction, this section includes the following topics: ●...
  • Page 978 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models ADJALL ADJALL Adjust all HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E ADJCRT Adjust CRT HP 856xE/ available ADJCRT HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E ADJIF Auto adjust IF...
  • Page 979 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models AUTOCPL AUTOCPL Coupling default HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Exchange trace A and B HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Clear/Write B...
  • Page 980 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models CAL ALL Start analyzer self align- HP 856xE/ available ment CAL ON HP 8566B/ CAL OFF HP 8568B/ HP 8594E CF <numeric_value> Center Frequency HP 8566A/ available HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ...
  • Page 981 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Couple VBW HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Display Size normal HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Display address available DEMOD ON|OFF|AM| AF Demodulator HP 856xE/ available DEMOD HP 8566B/...
  • Page 982 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models DONE DONE Done query HP 856xE/ available DONE? HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Write to display and available increment address Peak Search HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A...
  • Page 983 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models FB <numeric_value> HZ| Stop Frequency HP 8566A/ available KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A/ FB UP HP 856xE/ FB DN HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E FDSP Frequency display off 8560E...
  • Page 984 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models GL <numeric_value> HP 856xE/ available US|MS|SC HP 8566B/ GL DN HP 8568B/ GL UP HP 8594E GP POS|NEG HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E GRAT...
  • Page 985 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Lock register HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Unlock register HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A KS91 KS91 Read Amplitude Error HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Amplitude Units in dBm HP 8566A/ available...
  • Page 986 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Error Correction Routine HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Correction Values On HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Correction Values Off HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A KSZ <numeric_value>...
  • Page 987 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Signal ident on HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Display line off HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A LB <numeric_value>| Label HP 8566A/ available <char data>@ HP 8568A Low frequency band pre- HP 8566A/...
  • Page 988 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Marker Normal HP 8566A/ available M2 <numeric_value> HP 8568A HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ M2 DN M2 UP Delta Marker HP 8566A/ available M3 <numeric_value> HP 8568A HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ M3 DN M3 UP...
  • Page 989 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models MKBW <numeric_value> N dB Down HP 856xE/ available MKBW MKBW ON HP 8566B/ MKBW OFF HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Delta Marker HP 856xE/ available MKD <numeric_value>...
  • Page 990 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Normal Marker HP 856xE/ available MKN <numeric_value> HP 8566B/ HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568B/ MKN DN HP 8594E MKN UP MKN ON MKN OFF MKN? MKNOISE MKNOISE ON|OFF Noise Measurement...
  • Page 991 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models MKSP MKSP Deltamarker to span HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E MKSS MKSS CF Stepsize = Marker HP 856xE/ available Freq HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/...
  • Page 992 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models NORMALIZE NORMALIZE Normalize trace HP 856xE/ not available HP 8566B/ available HP 8568B/ HP 8594E NRL <numeric_value> Normalized Reference HP 856xE/ available DB | DM Level HP 8566B/ NRL?
  • Page 993 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models PH_SMTHV Trace smoothing HP 856xE available PH_VBR Filtering HP 856xE available PH_RMSPT Amount of data points to HP 856xE available skip when doing the inte- gration PH_RMSFL Lower integration fre-...
  • Page 994 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models PSDAC Preselector DAC value HP 856xE/ available PSDAC <numeric_value> HP 8566B/ PSDAC UP|DN HP 8568B/ HP 8594E PSTATE ON|OFF|1|0 Protect State HP 856xE/ available PSTATE HP 8566B/...
  • Page 995 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models RESET RESET Instrument preset HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Firmware revision HP 856xE/ available REV? HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E RL <numeric_value>...
  • Page 996 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models SAVES SAVES Save State Register HP 856xE/ available <numeric_value> HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E SAVET SAVET TRA|TRB,<num- Save Trace HP856xE/ available ber> HP8594E SDEL delete limit line segment...
  • Page 997 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models SRCPWR Source Power HP 856xE/ not available SRCPWR <numeric_value> DB | HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ SRCPWR DN HP 8594E SRCPWR UP SRCPWR ON SRCPWR OFF SRCPWR? SS <numeric_value>...
  • Page 998 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models SWPCPL SA | SR Sweep Couple HP 856xE/ available SWPCPL SWPCPL? HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E SWPOUT FAV|FAVA| Sweep Output HP 856xE/ available SWPOUT RAMP...
  • Page 999 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models TH <numeric_value> Threshold HP 856xE/ available DB|DM HP 8566B/ TH DN HP 8568B/ TH UP HP 8594E TH ON TH OFF TH AUTO THE ON| OFF Threshold Line enable HP 856xE/...
  • Page 1000 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models VARDEF VARDEF Variable definition, HP 8566B/ available arrays are not supported HP 8568B/ HP 8594E VAVG VAVG Video Averaging HP 856xE/ available VAVG TRA|TRB|TRC HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E...

This manual is also suitable for:

R&s fpl1003R&s fpl1007R&s fpl1000R&s fpl1026R&s fpl1007-p6R&s fpl1003-p6 ... Show all

Table of Contents